TW509694B - Improved metal-ligand complex catalyzed processes - Google Patents

Improved metal-ligand complex catalyzed processes Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW509694B
TW509694B TW086117742A TW86117742A TW509694B TW 509694 B TW509694 B TW 509694B TW 086117742 A TW086117742 A TW 086117742A TW 86117742 A TW86117742 A TW 86117742A TW 509694 B TW509694 B TW 509694B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
reaction product
product fluid
zone
reaction
organic
Prior art date
Application number
TW086117742A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
David Robert Bryant
James Clair Nicholson
Original Assignee
Union Carbide Chemicals & Amp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US08/756,786 external-priority patent/US5789625A/en
Application filed by Union Carbide Chemicals & Amp filed Critical Union Carbide Chemicals & Amp
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW509694B publication Critical patent/TW509694B/en

Links

Abstract

This invention relates to a process for separating one or more phosphorus acidic compounds from a reaction product fluid containing said one or more phosphorus acidic compounds, a metal-organophosphite ligand complex catalyst and optionally free organophosphite ligand which process comprises (a) treating said reaction product fluid with water sufficient to remove at least some amount of said one or more phosphorus acidic compounds from said reaction product fluid and (b) treating the water which contains phosphorus acidic compounds removed from said reaction product fluid with an acid removal substance sufficient to remove at least some amount of said one or more phosphorus acidic compounds from said water.

Description

509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(彳 發明簡述 範圍 本發明係關於經改良之金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合物 催化之方法。更特定言之,本發明係關於使用一或多種酸 移除物質,以移除在金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合物催化 之方法中形成之磷酸性化合物,並藉以防止及/或減少有 機亞磷酸酯配位體之水解性降解,以及此種方法之金屬 有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失活。 簧明背景 於此項技藝中已知,不同產物可於金屬-有機亞臂酸醋 配位錯合觸媒存在下,經由反應一或多種反應物而製成。 但是,觸媒與有機亞磷酸酯配位體之安定化,仍然是此项 技藝之主要關切事項。顯然,觸媒安定性係爲採用任何觸 媒時之一項關鍵問題。由於高度筇貴金屬觸媒之不期望反 應所致之觸媒或催化活性之損失,可能會不利於所要產物 之製造。同樣地,在製程期間所採用之有機亞磚酸酯配位 體之降解,可能會導致中毒之有機亞磷酸酯化合物或抑制 劑或酸性副產物,其會降低金屬觸媒之催化活性。再者, 當觸媒之生產力降低時,產物之製造成本顯然會增加。 例如’金屬-有機亞鱗:酸醋配位錯合物催化之氣甲酸化 方法之有機亞磷酸酯配位體降解及觸媒失活之一項主要原 因,係由於有機亞磷酸酯配位體之水解不安定性。所有的 有機亞磷酸酯均或多或少易於水解,有機亞磷酸酯之水解 速率,通常係依有機亞磷酸酯之立體化學性質而定。一般 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) 請 先 閱 讀 背 之 I, 事、 項 再又 馬 本 頁 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(2 ) 而言,環繞磷原子之立體環境愈龐大,則水解速率愈緩慢 。例如’三級三有機亞磷酸酯,譬如三苯基亞磷酸酯,係 比譬如在美國專利4,737,588中所揭示之二有機亞磷酸酯, 及比譬如在美國專利4,748,261與4,769,498中所揭示之有機多亞 辨酸酯更容易水解。再者,所有此種水解反應係不變地產 生會催化水解反應之磷酸性化合物。例如,三級有機亞轉 酸酯之水解,會產生膦酸二酯,其可水解成膦酸單酯,此 單醋依次可水解成h3p〇3酸。再者,副反應之附屬產物之 水解,譬如在膦酸二酯與醛之間,或在某些有機亞磷酸酯 配位體與酸間之水解,可能會導致產生不想要之強醛酸, 例如 η-ί:3Η7αΗ(;ΟΙί)Ρ⑼。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 事實上’即使是並不極具可水解性之高度想要之立體上 文阻I有機雙亞磷酸酯,亦會與醛產物反應,而形成中毒 之有機亞磷酸酯,例如有機單亞磷酸酯,其不僅是催化抑 制劑,而且極其更容易水解,此種醛酸副產物之形成,例 如羥烷基膦酸,係示於例如美國專利5,288,918與5,364,95〇中 。再者,有機亞磷酸酯配位體之水解,鑒於此種磷酸性化 合物例如玛?〇3,醛酸譬如羥烷基膦酸h3P〇4及其類似物之 產生,故可被認爲是自動催化的,且若留置而未受遏止, 則此連續液體循環氫甲醯化方法之觸媒系統,遲早將變得 越來越具酸性。因此,最後蓄積之無法令人接受量之此種 嶙酸性物質,屆時可能會造成所存在之有機亞磷酸醋完全 破壞,於是使得氫甲醯化作用觸媒完全無效(失活),且有 價値之鍺金屬易於損失,例如由於在反應㈣上之沉 本紙張尺度顧巾關家鮮(iNS ) A4規格( 509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(3 ) /或沈積所致。 伴隨著氫甲酸化方法之另一項問題,係涉及金屬鹽污染 。參閱,例如美國專利4,143,075。在氳甲醯化反應產物流 體中之金屬鹽污染物,例如鐵、鋅、鈣鹽等,會促進酸類 之自縮合。此種不期望之醛類縮合產物,包括醇醛縮合產 物,以分子量爲觀點,其分子量範圍係從二聚體結構改變 至四聚體結構及較大。 因此,一種防止及/或減少有機亞轉酸酯配位體之此種 水解性降解及觸媒失活之成功方法,係爲此項技藝所高度 期望的。 本發明之揭示内容 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 目前已發現可採用一或多種酸移除物質,例如,金屬氧 化物、氳氧化物、碳酸鹽及/或羧酸鹽,以有效地移除此 種磷酸性化合物,且因此防止及/或減少可能在採用金屬 -有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之製程期間發生之有機亞磷 酸酯配位體之水解性降解及金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合 觸媒之失活。已發現吾人可利用某些酸移除物質之酸度移 除能力,且轉移最少金屬鹽至反應產物流體。亦已令人驚 訝地發現,有機亞磷酸酯配位體之最小損失,係發生在將 含有金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之反應產物流體與 酸移除物質接觸時,或與水接觸,然後將已接觸之水以酸 移除物質處理時,即使在高溫下亦然。 本發明係部份關於一種從含有一或多種磷酸性化合物、 金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態 ____________ - 6 -本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 Μ _ Β7 --------------- - —— -——.........------------- -- _ w 五、發明説明(4 ) 有機亞磷酸酯配位體之反應產物流體中分離該一或多種嶙 版性化合物之方法’此方法包括⑻使用足以自該反應產物 流體中移除至少若干量該一或多種磷酸性化合物之水,處 理該反應產物流體,與(b)將含有自該反應產物流體中移除 之磚酸性化合物之水’使用足以自該水中移除至少若干量 該一或多種磷酸性化合物之酸移除物質處理。 本發明亦部份關於一種使有機亞磷酸酯配位體抵抗水解 性降解及/或金屬-有機亞蹲酸酯配位錯合觸媒抵抗失活 作用之安定化方法,此方法包括⑻使用足以自反應產物流 體中移除至少若干量一或多種磷酸性化合物之水,處理含 有金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由 態有機亞磷酸酯配位體且亦含有一或多種磷酸性化合物之 反應產物流體,與(b)將含有自該反應產物流體中移除之磷 酸性化合物之水,使用足以自該水中移除至少若干量該一 或多種磷酸性化合物之酸移除物質處理。 本發明進一步部份關於一種防止及/或減少有機亞磷酸 醋配位體之水解性降解及/或金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯 合觸媒之失活之方法,此方法包括(a)使用足以自反應產物 流體中移除至少若干量一或多種磷酸性化合物之水,處理 含有金屬-有機亞麟酸g旨配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自 由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體且亦含有一或多種磷酸性化合物 之反應產物流體,與(b)將含有自該反應產物流體所移除之 磷酸性化合物之水,使用足以自該水中移除至少若干量該 一或多種磷酸性化合物之酸移除物質處理。 本紙張尺度適用+闽幽豕褡罕(CNS ) A4規格(210X297/公釐)一 - ---— (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)509694 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (彳 Scope of the invention) The present invention relates to an improved method of metal-organophosphite complex catalysis. More specifically, the present invention relates to the use of one or more acid shifts. Removal of substances to remove phosphoric compounds formed in a method catalyzed by metal-organophosphite complexes, and to prevent and / or reduce the hydrolytic degradation of organophosphite ligands, and such Method for the inactivation of metal organic phosphite coordination dislocation catalysts. Chunming background is known in the art. Different products can be reacted in the presence of metal-organic acid vinegar coordination dislocation catalysts through reactions. One or more reactants. However, the stabilization of catalysts and organophosphite ligands is still a major concern in this technology. Obviously, catalyst stability is one of the most important when using any catalyst. Key issues. The loss of catalyst or catalytic activity due to the undesired reaction of highly precious metal catalysts may be detrimental to the manufacture of the desired product. Similarly, the organic compounds used during the manufacturing process Degradation of the ester ligands may lead to poisoned organic phosphite compounds or inhibitors or acidic by-products, which will reduce the catalytic activity of the metal catalyst. Furthermore, when the productivity of the catalyst decreases, the production of the product The cost will obviously increase. For example, 'metal-organic phosphite: acid-vinegar coordination complex catalyzed by gas formication method of organic phosphite ligand degradation and catalyst inactivation is a major reason The hydrolysis instability of phosphate ligands. All organic phosphites are more or less easily hydrolyzed. The hydrolysis rate of organic phosphites is usually determined by the stereochemical properties of organic phosphites. Generally this paper size Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 mm) Please read the back I, the matter, the item, and then the page on this page. Ordered by the Central Consumers Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and printed by the Consumer Cooperatives 509694 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (2) In terms of the larger the three-dimensional environment surrounding the phosphorus atom, the slower the hydrolysis rate. For example, 'tertiary triorganophosphite, such as triphenylphosphite, For example, the two organic phosphites disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,737,588 are more easily hydrolyzed than the organic polyphosphites disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,748,261 and 4,769,498. Furthermore, all such hydrolysis reactions are unchanged A phosphoric acid compound is generated which catalyzes the hydrolysis reaction. For example, the hydrolysis of a tertiary organic sulfite will produce a phosphonic acid diester that can be hydrolyzed to a phosphonic acid monoester, which in turn can be hydrolyzed to h3po3 acid. Furthermore, the hydrolysis of by-products of side reactions, such as between phosphonic diesters and aldehydes, or between some organic phosphite ligands and acids, may lead to the production of undesired strong aldol acids, For example η-ί: 3Η7αΗ (; ΟΙί) Ρ⑼. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) In fact, 'Even if it is not highly hydrolyzable, The essential three-dimensional hindering organic diphosphite will also react with the aldehyde product to form a poisoned organic phosphite, such as an organic monophosphite, which is not only a catalytic inhibitor, but also extremely easy Hydrolysis, the formation of such uronic acid by-products, such as hydroxyalkylphosphonic acids, is shown, for example, in U.S. Patents 5,288,918 and 5,364,95 °. Furthermore, in view of the hydrolysis of the organic phosphite ligands, in view of such phosphoric compounds such as ma? 〇3, the production of uronic acid such as hydroxyalkylphosphonic acid h3P〇4 and the like, so it can be considered as autocatalytic, and if left unchecked, this continuous liquid cycle hydroformylation method The catalyst system will become more and more acidic sooner or later. Therefore, the unacceptable amount of this phosphonium acidic substance accumulated in the end may cause the complete destruction of the existing organic phosphite vinegar, so that the hydroformylation catalyst is completely ineffective (deactivated) and valuable. The germanium metal is easy to lose, for example, due to the paper size on the reaction sheet, Gu Jiaguan (iNS) A4 specification (509694 A7 B7) 5. Description of the invention (3) and / or deposition. Accompanying the hydroformylation method Another problem is related to metal salt contamination. See, for example, U.S. Patent No. 4,143,075. Metal salt contaminations such as iron, zinc, calcium salts, etc. in the tomazanization reaction product fluid can promote the autolysis of acids. Condensation. Such undesired aldehyde condensation products, including aldol condensation products, from the viewpoint of molecular weight, its molecular weight range is changed from dimer structure to tetramer structure and larger. Therefore, a kind of prevention and / or reduction A successful method for such hydrolytic degradation and catalyst inactivation of organic sub-transesterate ligands is highly desirable for this technology. Disclosure of the Invention Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by an employee consumer cooperative (please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) It has now been found that one or more acids can be used to remove substances such as metal oxides, scandium oxides, carbonates and / or carboxylates, In order to effectively remove such phosphoric compounds, and thus prevent and / or reduce the hydrolytic degradation of organic phosphite ligands that may occur during processes using metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalysts and Inactivation of metal-organic phosphite coordination catalysts. It has been found that we can take advantage of the acidity removal ability of certain acid removal substances and transfer a minimum of metal salts to the reaction product fluid. It has also been surprisingly found The smallest loss of the organic phosphite ligand occurs when the reaction product fluid containing the metal-organic phosphite coordination catalyst is in contact with an acid-removing substance, or in contact with water, and then the contacted When the water is treated with an acid-removing substance, even at high temperatures, the present invention relates in part to a catalyst and a catalyst containing a complex dislocation containing one or more phosphoric acid compounds and metal-organic phosphites. Free state of choice ____________-6-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 509694 Μ _ Β7 --------- ----------- -----............--------------_ w 5. Description of the invention (4) Organic phosphite compound A method for separating the one or more rhenium compounds from a reaction product fluid of a site 'this method includes treating the reaction products with water sufficient to remove at least some amount of the one or more phosphoric compounds from the reaction product fluid Fluid, and (b) treating the water 'containing the bricky acidic compound removed from the reaction product fluid with an acid removal substance sufficient to remove at least some amount of the one or more phosphoric acid compounds from the water. The invention also relates in part to a stabilization method for making an organic phosphite ligand resistant to hydrolytic degradation and / or a metal-organic squatate coordination complex catalyst to resist inactivation. The method comprises Remove at least some amount of water of one or more phosphorous compounds from the reaction product fluid, and treat the metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst and optionally the free-state organic phosphite ligand and also contain A reaction product fluid of one or more phosphoric compounds, and (b) water containing phosphoric compounds removed from the reaction product fluid, using a sufficient amount to remove at least some amount of the one or more phosphoric compounds from the water. Acid removal material treatment. The invention further relates to a method for preventing and / or reducing the hydrolytic degradation of the organic phosphite ligand and / or the deactivation of the metal-organophosphite coordination catalyst, the method comprising (a) Use water sufficient to remove at least some amount of one or more phosphoric acid compounds from the reaction product fluid to treat metal-organic phosphinic acid g complex coordination catalysts and optionally free state organic phosphite coordination The reaction product fluid that also contains one or more phosphoric acid compounds, and (b) water containing phosphoric acid compounds removed from the reaction product fluid, using at least some amount of the one or more water sufficient to remove the water Treatment of phosphoric acid-removing substances. This paper size is applicable + MinShan Han (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 / mm) 1------ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

509694 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(5 ) 本發明又進一步部份關於一種改良方法,其包括在金屬 -有機亞磷酸醋配位錯合觸媒與視情況選用之自由態有機 亞磷酸酿配位體存在下,反應一或多種反應物,以產生包 含一或多種產物之反應產物流體,其改良事項包括防止及 /或減少任何該有機亞磷酸酯配位體之水解性降解,及該 金屬·有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失活,其方式是使用 足以自該反應產物流體中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之 一或多種酸移除物質,處理至少一部份衍生自該方法且亦 含有在該方法期間所形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流體 0 本發明亦部份關於製造一或多種產物之改良方法,其包 括(i)在至少一個反應區帶中,於金屬-有機亞轉酸酯配位 錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機亞轉酸酯配位體存在 下,使一或多種反應物反應,以產生包含一或多種產物之 反應產物流體,及(ii)在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一 個反應區帶中,自該反應產物流體分離一或多種產物,其 改良事項包括防止及/或減少任何該有機亞磷酸酯配位體 之水解性降解及該金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失 活,其方式是(a)在至少一個洗氣區帶中,使用足以自反應 產物流體中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之水,處理至少 一部份衍生自該方法且亦含有在該方法期間形成之騎酸性 化合物之反應產物流體,與(b)在至少一個酸移除區帶中, 將至少一部份含有自該反應產物流體中移除之磷酸性化合 物之水,使用足以自該水中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物 -------—8>--_ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)509694 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (5) The present invention further relates to an improved method, which includes the metal-organic phosphorous acid vinegar coordination mismatch catalyst and optional Reacting one or more reactants in the presence of a free-state organic phosphite ligand to produce a reaction product fluid containing one or more products, improvements including preventing and / or reducing any of the organic phosphite ligands Hydrolytic degradation and deactivation of the metal-organophosphite coordination catalyst by using an acid-removing substance sufficient to remove at least some amount of phosphoric acid compound from the reaction product fluid Processing at least a portion of a reaction product fluid derived from the method and also containing phosphoric compounds formed during the method. The present invention also relates in part to an improved method for making one or more products, including (i) at least In a reaction zone, in the presence of a metal-organic transesterate coordination dislocation catalyst and optionally a free-state organic transesterate ligand, Reacting one or more reactants to produce a reaction product fluid comprising one or more products, and (ii) separating one or more products from the reaction product fluid in or in at least one reaction zone The improvement matters include preventing and / or reducing any hydrolytic degradation of the organic phosphite ligand and the inactivation of the metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst by (a) at least one In the scrubbing zone, use water sufficient to remove at least some amount of the phosphoric acid compound from the reaction product fluid, to treat at least a portion of the reaction product fluid derived from the method and also containing acidic compounds riding during the method, And (b) in at least one acid removal zone, at least a portion of the water containing the phosphoric acid compound removed from the reaction product fluid is used to remove at least some amount of the phosphoric acid compound from the water-- -----— 8 > --_ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

用 適 度 尺 張 紙 冬 準 標 家 國 國 歷 公 7 509694 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(6 ) 之酸移除物質處理。 本發明進一步部份關於製造一或多種產物之改良方法, 其包括(i)在至少一個反應區帶中,於金屬-有機亞磷酸酯 配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體 存在下,反應一或多種反應物,以產生包含一或多種產物 之反應產物流體,及(ii)在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少 一個反應區帶中,自該反應產物流體分離一或多種產物, 其改良事項包括防止及/或減少任何該有機亞嶙酸酯配位 體之水解性降解及該金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之 失活,其方式是⑻在至少一個酸移除區帶中,使用足以自 反應產物流體中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之一或多種 酸移除物質,處理至少一部份衍生自該方法且亦含有在該 方法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流體,⑼使已經 處理之反應產物流體返回該至少一個反應區帶或該至少一 個分離區帶。 本發明又進一步部份關於製造一或多種產物之改良方法 ,其包括(i)在至少一個反應區帶中,於金屬·有機亞磷酸 酯配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位 體存在下’反應一或多種反應物,以產生包含一或多種產 物之反應產物流體,及(ii)在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至 少一個反應區帶中,自該反應產物流體分離一或多種產物 ’其改良事項包括防止及/或減少任何該有機亞磷酸醋配 位體之水解性降解及該金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒 之失活,其方式是(a)在至少一個洗氣區帶中,使用足以自 __________ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 装- 、tr 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 A7 -_-—__B7 五、發明説明(7 ) 反應產物流體中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之水,處理 至少一部份衍生自該方法且亦含有在該方法期間形成之磷 酸性化合物之反應產物流體,(b)使已經處理之反應產物流 體返回該至少一個反應區帶或該至少一個分離區帶,⑷在U 至少一個酸移除區帶中,使用一或多種足以自該水中移除 至少若干量磷酸性化合物之酸移除物質,處理至少一部份 含有自該反應產物流體中移除之磷酸性化合物之水,及⑼ 使經處理之水返回該至少一個洗氣區帶。 本發明亦部份關於製造一或多種產物之改良方法,甘包 括(i)在至少一個反應區帶中,於金屬·有機亞磷酸酯配位 錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸醋配位體存在 下,使一或多種反應物反應,以產生包含一或多種產物之 反應產物流體,及⑼在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一 個反應區帶中,自該反應產物流體分離一或多種產物,其 改良事項包括防止及/或減少任何該有機亞磷酸g旨配位體 之水解性降解及該金屬-有機亞嶙酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失 活,其方式是⑻自該至少一個反應區帶或該至少一個分離 區帶,取出至少一部份衍生自該方法且亦含有在該方法期 間形成之轉酸性化合物之反應產物流體,(b)在至少一個酸 移除區帶中,使用足以自反應產物流體中移除至少若干量 磷酸性化合物之一或多種酸移除物質,處理至少一部份衍 生自該方法且亦含有在該方法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之 經取出反應產物流體,及(c)使已經處理之反應產物流體返 回該至少一個反應區帶或該至少一個分離區帶,及(d)視情 ______-40-...... ................-............. 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 【裝. 、11 509694 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(8 ) 況置換該一或多種酸移除物質。 本發明進一步邵份關於製造一或多種產物之改良方法, 其包括(i)在至少一個反應區帶中,於金屬-有機亞磷酸酯 配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體 存在下,使一或多種反應物反應,以產生包含一或多種產 物之反應產物流體,及⑻在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至 少一個反應區帶中,自該反應產物流體分離一或多種產物 ’其改良事項包括防止及/或減少任何該有機亞磷酸酯配 位體之水解性降解及該金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒 之失活,其方式是⑻自該至少一個反應區帶或該至少一個 分離區帶,取出至少一部份衍生自該方法且亦含有在該方 法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流體,(b)在至少一 個洗氣區帶中,使用足以自反應產物流體中移除至少若干 量鳞酸性化合物之水,處理至少一部份衍生自該方法且亦 含有在該方法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之經取出反應產物 流體,(c)使已經處理之反應產物流體返回該至少一個反應 區帶或該至少一個分離區帶,(d)自該至少一個洗氣區帶中 ,取出至少一部份該含有自該反應產物流體中移除之轉酸 性化合物之水,(e)在至少一個酸移除區帶中,使用一或多 種足以自該水中移除至少若干量嶙酸性化合物之酸移除物 質,處理至少一部份含有自該反應產物流體中移除之磷酸 性化合物之經取出水,(f)使已經處理之水返回該至少一個 洗氣區帶,及(g)視情況置換該一或多種酸移除物質。 本發明又進一步部份關於製造一或多種產物之改良方法 _______ -11 '____ ___ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2i〇X297公釐) ----— ^— I,---裳-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 509694 A7 B7 五 發明説明(9 ,其包括(i)在至少一個反應區帶中,於金屬-有機亞鱗酸 酯配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位 體存在下,反應一或多種反應物’以產生包含一或多種產 物之反應產物流體,及⑻在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至 少一個反應區帶中,自該反應產物流體分離一或多種產物 ,其改良事項包括防止及/或減少任何該有機亞磷酸酯配 位體之水解性降解及該金屬-有機亞騎酸酯配位錯合觸媒 之失活,其方式是在該至少一個反應區帶及/或該至少一 個分離區帶中,引進足以自該反應產物流體中移除至少若 干量磷酸性化合物之一或多種酸移除物質,處理至少一部 份衍生自該方法且亦含有在該方法期間形成之嶙酸性化合 物之反應產物流體。 本發明亦部份關於製造一或多種產物之改良方法,其包 括(i)在至少一個反應區帶中,於金屬·有機亞轉酸醋配位 錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體存在 下,使一或多種反應物反應,以產生包含一或多種產物之 反應產物流體,及(ii)在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一 個反應區帶中,自該反應產物流體分離一或多種產物,其 改良事項包括防止及/或減少任何該有機亞轉酸醋配位體 之水解性降解及該金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失 活,其方式是(a)藉由引進足以自該反應產物流體中移除至 少若干量磷酸性化合物之水,至該至少一個反應區帶及/ 或該至少一個分離區帶中,處理至少一部份衍生自該方法 且亦含有在該方法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流 ----- -12 画 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規;釐)一~—--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 【裝· 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 A7 五、發明説明(10 體,與(b)在至少一個酸移除區帶中,將至少一部份含有自 該反應產物流體中移除之磷酸性化合物之水,使用足以自 該水中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之酸移除物質處理。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本發明進一步部份關於製造一或多種產物之改良方法, 其包括(i)在至少一個反應區帶中,於金屬_有機亞磷酸醋 配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體 存在下,使一或多種反應物反應,以產生包含一或多種產 物之反應產物流體,及⑻在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至 少一個反應區帶中,自該反應產物流體分離一或多種產物 ’其改良事項包括防止及/或減少任何該有機亞騎酸g旨配 位體之水解性降解及該金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒 之失活’其方式是(a)自該至少一個反應區帶或該至少一個 分離區帶,取出至少一部份衍生自該方法且亦含有在該方 法期間形成之騎酸性化合物之反應產物流體,(b)在至少一 個洗氣區帶中,使用足以自反應產物流體中移除至少若干 量磚酸性化合物之水,處理至少一部份衍生自該方法且亦 含有在該方法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之經取出反應產物 流體,(c)使已經處理之反應產物流體返回該至少一個反應 區帶或該至少一個分離區帶,(d)在至少一個洗氣區帶中, 將含有自該反應產物流體中移除之磷酸性化合物之水,使 用足以自該水中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之一或多種 酸移除物質處理,及⑻視情況置換該一或多種酸移除物質 0 本發明係部份關於一種從含有一或多種磷酸性化合物、 —«-______-13- —------_ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2ίΟX297公釐) 509694 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(Ή ) 金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態 有機亞磷酸酯配位體之氫甲醯化反應產物流體中分離該一 或多種磷酸性化合物之方法,此方法包括(a)使用足以自該 氫甲醯化反應產物流體中移除至少若干量該一或多種磷酸 性化合物之水,處理該氫甲醯化反應產物流體,與⑼將含 有自該氫甲醯化反應產物流體中移除之磷酸性化合物之水 ’使用足以自該水中移除至少若干量該一或多種磷酸性化 合物之酸移除物質處理。 本發明亦部份關於一種使有機亞磷酸酯配位體抵抗水解 性降解及/或金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒抵抗失活 作用之安定化方法,此方法包括⑻使用足以自氫甲醯化反 應產物流體中移除至少若干量一或多種磷酸性化合物之水 ,處理含有金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒及視情況選 用之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體且亦含有一或多種磷酸性 化合物之氫甲醯化反應產物流體,與⑼將含有自該氫甲醯 化反應產物流體中移除之磷酸性化合物之水,使用足以自 該水中移除至少若干量該一或多種磷酸性化合物之酸移除 物質處理。 本發明進一步部份關於一種防止及/或減少有機亞磷酸 酯配位體之水解性降解及/或金屬-有機亞轉酸醋配位錯 合觸媒之失活之方法,此方法包括(a)使用足以自氫甲醯化 反應產物流體中移除至少若干量一或多種磷酸性化合物之 水,處理含有金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒及視情況 逐用之自由悲有機亞骑酸酯配位體且亦含有一或多種磷酸 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ·裝.Use appropriate ruled paper, winter standard, national calendar, and national calendar. 7 509694 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. A further part of the present invention relates to an improved method for manufacturing one or more products, including (i) in at least one reaction zone, a metal-organic phosphite coordination dislocation catalyst and optionally a free-state organic Reacting one or more reactants in the presence of a phosphate ligand to produce a reaction product fluid comprising one or more products, and (ii) in at least one separation zone or in the at least one reaction zone, from The reaction product fluid separates one or more products, and improvements include preventing and / or reducing any hydrolytic degradation of the organic phosphinate ligand and inactivation of the metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst, This is accomplished by treating, in at least one acid removal zone, one or more acid removal substances sufficient to remove at least a number of phosphoric compounds from the reaction product fluid, treating at least a portion of the process derived from the method and also containing The reaction product fluid of the phosphoric acid compound formed during the process causes the processed reaction product fluid to return to the at least one reaction zone or the at least one separation zone. The present invention further relates to an improved method for manufacturing one or more products, which includes (i) in at least one reaction zone, a metal-organophosphite coordination catalyst and a free-state organic compound selected as appropriate Reacting one or more reactants in the presence of a phosphite ligand to produce a reaction product fluid comprising one or more products, and (ii) in at least one separation zone or in the at least one reaction zone, from The reaction product fluid separates one or more products, and the improvement matters include preventing and / or reducing any hydrolytic degradation of the organic phosphite ligand and inactivation of the metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst, The method is: (a) In at least one scrubbing zone, use __________ This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Equipment-, tr Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 509694 A7 -_-—__ B7 V. Description of the invention (7) Remove at least some amount of water of phosphoric acid compounds from the reaction product fluid. Processing at least a portion of the reaction product fluid derived from the process and also containing phosphoric compounds formed during the process, (b) returning the processed reaction product fluid to the at least one reaction zone or the at least one separation zone In the at least one acid removal zone of U, use one or more acid-removing substances sufficient to remove at least some amounts of phosphoric compounds from the water, and treat at least a portion of the Water of the phosphoric acid compound, and ⑼ return the treated water to the at least one scrubbing zone. The present invention also relates in part to an improved method for manufacturing one or more products, including (i) in at least one reaction zone, a metal-organic phosphite coordination catalyst and a free-form organic Reacting one or more reactants in the presence of a phosphate ester ligand to produce a reaction product fluid comprising one or more products, and osmium in the at least one separation zone or in the at least one reaction zone, from the reaction The product fluid separates one or more products, and improvements include preventing and / or reducing any hydrolytic degradation of the organic phosphorous acid g ligand and inactivation of the metal-organic phosphinate coordination dislocation catalyst, This is done by taking at least one reaction zone or the at least one separation zone, taking out at least a portion of the reaction product fluid derived from the process and also containing the acid-transforming compounds formed during the process, (b) at least Treatment of at least a portion of an acid-removing zone derived from the method using one or more acid-removing substances sufficient to remove at least a number of phosphoric compounds from the reaction product fluid And also contains the removed reaction product fluid of the phosphoric acid compound formed during the method, and (c) returns the processed reaction product fluid to the at least one reaction zone or the at least one separation zone, and (d) visual Love ______- 40 -............-............ This paper size applies to Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) [Package., 11 509694 Printed by A7 B7, Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Disclosure of the invention (8) One or more acids remove the substance. The invention further relates to an improved method for manufacturing one or more products, which includes (i) in at least one reaction zone, a metal-organic phosphite coordination catalyst and a free-state organic Reacting one or more reactants in the presence of a phosphate ligand to produce a reaction product fluid comprising one or more products, and osmium in the at least one separation zone or in the at least one reaction zone from the reaction Product fluid separation of one or more products. Improvements include preventing and / or reducing the hydrolytic degradation of any of the organic phosphite ligands and the inactivation of the metal-organophosphite coordination catalyst. Is to take out at least a portion of the reaction zone or the at least one separation zone, take out at least a portion of the reaction product fluid derived from the process and also containing phosphoric compounds formed during the process, (b) at least one wash In the gas zone, use water sufficient to remove at least some of the scale acidic compounds from the reaction product fluid, treating at least a portion of the process derived from this method and also containing The reaction product fluid of the phosphoric acid compound formed during the extraction is (c) the processed reaction product fluid is returned to the at least one reaction zone or the at least one separation zone, and (d) from the at least one scrubbing zone Taking out at least a portion of the water containing the transacidic compound removed from the reaction product fluid, (e) using at least one acid removal zone in at least one acid removal zone to remove at least some amount from the water; Acid removal material for acidic compounds, treating at least a portion of the extracted water containing phosphoric acid compounds removed from the reaction product fluid, (f) returning the treated water to the at least one scrubbing zone, and ( g) optionally replace the one or more acid removal substances. The present invention further relates to an improved method for manufacturing one or more products. _______ -11 '____ ___ This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2x0297 mm) ----— ^ — I, --- Shang-- (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Order 509694 A7 B7 Five invention descriptions (9, which includes (i) in at least one reaction zone, in metal-organic In the presence of a coordination mismatch catalyst and optionally a free-state organic phosphite ligand, react one or more reactants' to produce a reaction product fluid containing one or more products, and ⑻ in at least one separation zone Or in the at least one reaction zone, one or more products are separated from the reaction product fluid, and improvements include preventing and / or reducing the hydrolytic degradation of any of the organic phosphite ligands and the metal-organic Deactivation of the cyclamate coordination catalyst by introducing in the at least one reaction zone and / or the at least one separation zone sufficient to remove at least some amount of phosphoric acid compound from the reaction product fluid One or more An acid-removing substance that treats at least a portion of a reaction product fluid derived from the method and also containing a hydrazone acidic compound formed during the method. The present invention also relates in part to an improved method for making one or more products, including ( i) In at least one reaction zone, react one or more reactants in the presence of a metal-organotransacid complex coordination catalyst and optionally a free-state organic phosphite ligand to Generating a reaction product fluid comprising one or more products, and (ii) separating one or more products from the reaction product fluid in or in at least one separation zone, improvements including preventing and / Or reduce any hydrolytic degradation of the organic sulfite ligand and the inactivation of the metal-organophosphite coordination catalyst by (a) by introducing sufficient amounts from the reaction product fluid Remove at least some amount of water of the phosphoric acid compound into the at least one reaction zone and / or the at least one separation zone, and treat at least a portion derived from the method and also contained in the method Reaction product stream of phosphoric acid compounds formed between them ----- -12 The paper size of this drawing paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 rule;)) One ~ ----- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) [Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed 509694 A7 V. Description of the invention (10-body, and (b) In at least one acid removal zone, at least a part of the product containing the reaction product fluid The phosphoric acid compound removed from the water should be treated with an acid removal substance sufficient to remove at least a certain amount of phosphoric acid compound from the water. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (Fill in this page) The present invention further relates to an improved method for manufacturing one or more products, which includes (i) in at least one reaction zone, a metal-organic phosphorous acid vinegar coordination dislocation catalyst and optionally used Reacting one or more reactants in the presence of a free-state organic phosphite ligand to produce a reaction product fluid comprising one or more products, and dysprosium in at least one separation zone or in the at least one In the application zone, one or more products are separated from the reaction product fluid. Improvements include preventing and / or reducing the hydrolytic degradation of any of the organic phosphite ligands and the metal-organic phosphite coordination The inactivation of the hybrid catalyst is performed by (a) taking at least a portion of the reaction zone or the at least one separation zone, at least a portion of which is derived from the method and also contains a riding acid compound formed during the method The reaction product fluid, (b) in at least one scrubbing zone, use at least enough water to remove at least some amount of brick acidic compounds from the reaction product fluid, to treat at least a portion of the process derived from and also contained in the process The reaction product fluid of the phosphoric acid compound formed during the extraction, (c) returns the processed reaction product fluid to the at least one reaction zone or the at least one separation zone, (d) in at least one scrubbing zone, Water containing phosphoric acid compound removed from the reaction product fluid, using one or more acid removal substances sufficient to remove at least some amount of phosphoric acid compound from the water And one or more acid-removing substances as appropriate. The present invention relates in part to a paper containing one or more phosphoric compounds, — «-______- 13- —-------- Applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2ί〇X297 mm) 509694 Printed by A7 B7, Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (Ή) Metal-organic phosphite coordination catalyst and optional use A method for separating the one or more phosphate compounds from a hydroformylation reaction product fluid of a free-state organic phosphite ligand, the method comprising (a) using a sufficient amount to remove from the hydroformylation reaction product fluid At least some amounts of the water of the one or more phosphoric acid compounds are used to treat the hydroformylation reaction product fluid, and the water used to contain the phosphoric acid compound removed from the hydroformylation reaction product fluid is sufficient to be used from the The water removes at least some amount of the acid-removing substance of the one or more phosphate compounds. The invention also relates in part to a stabilization method for making an organophosphite ligand resistant to hydrolytic degradation and / or a metal-organophosphate coordination dislocation catalyst resisting inactivation. The method includes the use of Removal of at least some amount of one or more phosphate compounds from the hydroformylation reaction product fluid, treatment of metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalysts and optionally free-state organic phosphite ligands And a hydroformylation reaction product fluid that also contains one or more phosphoric acid compounds, and water that contains phosphoric acid compounds removed from the hydroformylation reaction product fluid, using at least enough to remove at least some of the water An amount of the acid-removing substance of the one or more phosphate compounds is treated. The present invention further relates to a method for preventing and / or reducing the hydrolytic degradation of the organic phosphite ligand and / or the inactivation of the metal-organic acid sulfite coordination dislocation catalyst, the method comprising (a ) Use a water sufficient to remove at least some amount of one or more phosphoric compounds from the hydroformylation reaction product fluid, treat the free organic compounds containing metal-organic phosphite coordination catalysts and use them as appropriate Riding ester ligands also contain one or more phosphoric acid. The paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page).

、1T 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 A7 ______ B7 五、發明説明(12 ) 性化合物之氫甲醯化反應產物流體,與⑼將含有自該氳甲 醯化反應產物流體所移除之磷酸性化合物之水,使用足以 自該水中移除至少若干量該一或多種磷酸性化合物之酸移 除物質處理。 本發明又進一步部份關於一種經改良之氫甲醯化方法, 其包括在金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用 之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體存在下,使一或多種烯烴不 飽和化合物與一氧化碳及氫反應,以產生包含一或多種醛 類之反應產物流體,其改良事項包括防止及/或減少任何 該有機亞磷酸酯配位體之水解性降解及該金屬-有機亞磷 酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失活,其方式是使用足以自反應產物 流體中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之一或多種酸移除物 質,處理至少一部份衍生自該氫甲醯化方法且亦含有在該 氫甲醯化方法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流體。 本發明亦部份關於製造一或多種醛類之經改良氫甲醯化 方法,其包括(i)在至少一個反應區帶中,於金屬-有機亞磷 酸醋配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配 位體存在下,使一或多種晞烴不飽和化合物與一氧化碳及 氫反應,以產生包含一或多種酸類之反應產物流體,及(ii) 在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一個反應區帶中,自該 反應產物流體分離一或多種醛類,其改良事項包括防止及 /或減少任何該有機亞磷酸酯配位體之水解性降解,及該 金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失活,其方式是⑻在 至少一個洗氣區帶中,使用足以自反應產物流體中移除至 -15- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)1.1T printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 509694 A7 ______ B7 V. Description of the invention (12) The hydroformylation reaction product fluid of the sex compound will be removed from the fluid containing the product from the hydration reaction The water of the phosphoric acid compound is treated with an acid removal substance sufficient to remove at least some amount of the one or more phosphoric acid compounds from the water. The invention further relates to an improved method of hydroformylation, which comprises the presence of a metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst and optionally a free-state organic phosphite ligand, One or more olefinically unsaturated compounds are reacted with carbon monoxide and hydrogen to produce a reaction product fluid containing one or more aldehydes. Improvements include preventing and / or reducing the hydrolytic degradation of any of the organic phosphite ligands and the Deactivation of metal-organic phosphite coordination catalysts by treating at least a portion of the phosphate-derived compound with one or more acid-removing substances sufficient to remove at least a number of phosphoric compounds from the reaction product fluid The hydroformylation process also contains a reaction product fluid of a phosphoric acid compound formed during the hydroformylation process. The present invention also relates in part to an improved hydroformylation method for manufacturing one or more aldehydes, which includes (i) in at least one reaction zone, a metal-organophosphite complex dislocation catalyst and optionally Reacting one or more alkylene unsaturated compounds with carbon monoxide and hydrogen in the presence of a selected free-state organic phosphite ligand to produce a reaction product fluid containing one or more acids, and (ii) in at least one separation zone In the zone or in the at least one reaction zone zone, one or more aldehydes are separated from the reaction product fluid, and improvements include preventing and / or reducing the hydrolytic degradation of any of the organic phosphite ligands, and the metal -The inactivation of the organic phosphite coordination catalyst is carried out in at least one scrubbing zone and is removed from the reaction product fluid to -15.-This paper applies Chinese national standards (CNS ) A4 size (210X297mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

、1T 509694 A7 —--—-—- B7 五、發明説明(13 ) - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 少若干量磷酸性化合物之水,處理至少一部份衍生自該氡 甲醯化方法且亦含有在該氫甲醯化方法期間形成之磷酸性 化合物之反應產物流體,⑼在至少一個酸移除區帶中,將 含有自該反應產物流體所移除之磷酸性化合物之水,使用 足以自該水中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之一 移除物質處理。 本發明進一步部份關於製造一或多種醛類之經改良氫甲 醯化方法,其包括(i)在至少一個反應區帶中,於金屬_有機 亞蹲酸酯配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機亞碡酸 酉曰配位體存在下’使一或多種烯煙不飽和化合物與_氧化 碳及氣反應’以產生包含一或多種酸類之反應產物流體, 及(ii)在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一個反應區帶中, 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 自該反應產物流體分離一或多種醛類,其改良事項包括防 止及/或減少任何該有機亞磷酸酯配位體之水解性降解, 及該金屬_有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失活,其方式是(a) 在至少一個移除區帶中,使用足以自反應產物流體中移除 至少若干量磷酸性化合物之一或多種酸移除物質,處理至 少一部份衍生自該氫甲醯化方法且亦含有在該氫甲醯化方 法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流體,與(b)使已經 處理之反應產物流體返回該至少一個分離區帶或該至少一 個反應區帶。 本發明又進一步部份關於製造一或多種醛類之經改良氫 甲醯化方法,其包括(i)在至少一個反應區帶中,於金屬-有 機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷 ___- 1R-___________ ____ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21GX297公釐) 509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(14 ) 酸醋配位體存在下’使'或多種稀煙不飽和化合物與一氧 化碳及氳反應,以產生包含一或多種醛類之反應產物流體 ,及(ii)在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一個反應區帶中 ,自該反應產物流體分離一或多種酸類,其改良事項包括 防止及/或減少任何該有機亞磷酸酯配位體之水解性降解 ,及該金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失活,其方式 是(a)在至少一個洗氣區帶中,使用足以自反應產物流體中 移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之水,處理至少一部份衍生 自該氫甲醯化方法且亦含有在該氫甲醯化方法期間形成之 磷酸性化合物之反應產物流體,(b)使已經處理之反應產物 流體返回該至少一個反應區帶或該至少一個分離區帶,(e) 在至少一個酸移除區帶中,將至少一部份含有自該反應產 物流體中移除之轉酸性化合物之水,使用一或多種足以自 該水中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之酸移除物質處理, 及(d)使已經處理之水返回該至少一個洗氣區帶。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本發明亦部份關於一種製造醛類之經改良氫甲醯化方法 ,其包括(i)在至少一個反應區帶中,於金屬-有機亞嶙酸 酯配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位 體存在下,使一或多種烯烴不飽和化合物與一氧化碳及氫 反應,以產生包含一或多種醛類之反應產物流體,及⑻在 至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一個反應區帶中,自該反 應產物流體分離一或多種醛類,其改良事項包括防止及/ 或減少任何該有機亞磷酸酯配位體之水解性降解,及該金 屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失活,其方式是⑻自該 -— __-17- _____ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 509694 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 A7 B7 五、發明説明(15) 至少一個反應區帶或該至少一個分離區帶,取出至少一部 份衍生自該氫甲醯化方法且亦含有在該氫甲醯化方法期間 形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流體,(b)在至少—個酸移 除區帶中,使用足以自反應產物流體中移除至少若干量轉 酸性化合物之一或多種酸移除物質,處理至少一部份衍生 自該氫甲醯化方法且亦含有在該氳甲醯化方法期間形成之 磷酸性化合物之經取出反應產物流體,(C)使已經處理之反 應產物流體返回該至少一個反應區帶或該至少一個分離區 帶,及(d)視情況置換該一或多種酸移除物質。 本發明進一步部份關於一種製造醛類之經改良氫甲醯化 方法,其包括(i)在至少一個反應區帶中,於金屬-有機亞 磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機亞铸酸酉旨 配位體存在下,使一或多種晞烴不飽和化合物與一氧化碳 及氬反應,以產生包含一或多種酸類之反應產物流體,及 (ii)在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一個反應區帶中,自 該反應產物流體分離一或多種醛類,其改良事項包括防止 及/或減少任何該有機亞磷酸酯配位體之水解性降解,及 該金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失活,其方式是(a) 自該至少一個反應區帶或該至少一個分離區帶,取出至少 一部份衍生自該氳甲醯化方法且亦含有在該氫甲醯化方法 期間形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流體,(b)在至少一個 洗氣區帶中,使用足以自反應產物流體中移除至少若干量 磷酸性化合物之水,處理至少一部份衍生自該氫甲醯化方 法且亦含有在該氫甲醯化方法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之 -18 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) —^ ,n 裝 ^ 訂 . (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 A7 B7_ _ 五、發明説明(16 ) 經取出反應產物流體,⑹使已經處理之反應產物流體返回 該至少一個反應區帶或該至少一個分離區帶,(d)自該至少 一個洗氣區帶中取出至少一部份水,其含有自該反應產物 流體中移除之磷酸性化合物,⑻在至少一個酸移除區帶中 ,使用一或多種足以自該水中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合 物之酸移除物質,處理至少一部份經取出之水,其含有自 該反應產物流體中移除之磷酸性化合物,①使已經處理之 水返回該至少一個洗氣區帶’及(g)視情況置換該一或多種 酸移除物質。 本發明又進一步部份關於製造一或多種醛類之經改良氫 甲醯化方法,其包括(i)在至少一個反應區帶中,於金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機亞 磷酸酯配位體存在下,使一或多種烯烴不飽和化合物與一 氧化碳及氫反應,以產生包含一或多種酸類之反應產物流 體,及(ii)在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一個反應區誓 中,自該反應產物流體分離一或多種酸類,其改良事項包 括防止及/或減少任何該有機亞鱗酸酯配位體之水解性降 解及該金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失活,其改良 事項包括防止及/或減少任何該有機亞嶙酸酯配位體之水 解性降解,及該金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失活 ,其方式是在該至少一個反應區帶及/或該至少一個分離 區帶中,引進足以自該反應產物流體中移除至少若干量碍 酸性化合物之一或多種酸移除物質,處理至少一部份衍生 自該氫甲醢化方法且亦含有在該氫甲醯化方法期間形成之 I-----·--裝------訂------ (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -19- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 A 7 _B7_ 五、發明説明(17 ) 磷酸性化合物之反應產物流體。 本發明亦部份關於製造一或多種醛類之經改良氫甲醯化 方法,其包括(i)在至少一個反應區帶中,於金屬-有機亞 磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸酯 配位體存在下,使一或多種烯烴不飽和化合物與一氧化碳 及氫反應,以產生包含一或多種醛類之反應產物流體,及 (ii)在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一個反應區帶中,自 该反應產物流體分離一或多種酸類’其改良事項包括防止 及/或減少任何該有機亞磷酸酯配位體之水解性降解及該 金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失活,其方式是在⑻ 在該至少一個反應區帶及/或該至少一個分離區帶中,引 進足以自該反應產物流體中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物 之水,處理至少一部份衍生自該氫甲醯化方法且亦含有在 該氫甲醯化方法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流體 ,與(b)在至少一個酸移除區帶中,將至少一部份含有自該 反應產物流體中移除之磷酸性化合物之水,使用足以自該 水中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之一或多種酸移除物質 處理。 本發明進一步部份關於一種製造醛類之經改良氫甲醯化 方法,其包括(i)在至少一個反應區帶中,於金屬-有機亞 轉酸醋配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸酯 配位體存在下’使一或多種烯烴不飽和化合物與一氧化碳 及氫反應’以產生包含一或多種醛類之反應產物流體,及 (ii)在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一個反應區帶中,自 _ _ ·20- 本紙張尺度適用中國ϊϋί ( 公巧--~ -------——------IT------φ (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 509694 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(18 ) 該反應產物流體分離一或多種醛類,其改良事項包括防止 及/或減少任何該有機亞磷酸酯配位體之水解性降解,及 該金屬_有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失活,其方式是⑻ 自該至少一個反應區帶或該至少一個分離區帶,取出至少 一部份衍生自該氫甲醯化方法且亦含有在該氫甲醯化方法 期間形成之嶙酸性化合物之反應產物流體,⑼在至少一個 洗氣區帶中,使用足以自反應產物流體中移除至少若干量 磷酸性化合物之水,處理至少一部份衍生自該氳甲醯化方 法且亦、有在該氫甲醯化方法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之 經取出反應產物流體,(C)使已經處理之反應產物流體返回 該至少一個反應區帶或該至少一個分離區帶,⑼在至少一 個洗氣區帶中,將至少一部份含有自該反應產物流體中移 除之磷酸性化合物之水,使用足以自該水中移除至少若干 量磷酸性化合物之一或多種酸移除物質處理,及㈦視情況 置換該一或多種酸移除物質。 附圖簡述 圖1爲根據本發明,將藉水萃取所移除之一或多種醢類 回收及返回氫甲醯化製程之方法之簡化流程圖。 / 一般方法 本發明之方法可爲不對稱性或非不對稱性,較佳方法係 馬非不對稱性,且可以任何連續或半連續方式進行,並 涉及任何所要之觸媒液體及/或氣體再循環操作。自—或 多種反應物製造產物之特定方法,以及此方法之反應條件 --------.—裝------訂------ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -21 - 509694 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ----- --- B7五、( 19 ) 一~ —_— 與成份,並非本發明之重要特徵。本發明之處理技術可相 當於迄今在習用方法中所採用之任何已知處理技術。例如 ’此方法可在液體或氣體狀態中及以連續、半連續或批次 方式進行,且係涉及液體再循環及/或氣體再循環操作, 或此種系統之組合,按需要而定。同樣地,反應成份、觸 媒及溶劑之添加方式或順序,亦不重要,並可以任何習用 方式達成。於本文中使用之”反應產物流體"一詞,係意欲 包括,但不限於,含有某一數量任一種或多種下述物質之 反應混合物:⑻金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒,⑼自 由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體,(C) 一或多種在反應中形成之磷 酸性化合物,(d)在反應中形成之產物,(e)未反應之反應物 ’及(f)供該金屬-有機亞磷酸g旨配位錯合觸媒及該自由態 有機亞磷酸酯配位體用之有機促溶劑。此反應產物流體係 涵蓋但並不限於⑻在反應區帶中之反應媒質,(b)在前往分 離區帶途中之反應媒質液流,(C)在分離區帶中之反應媒質 ,(d)在分離區帶與反應區帶間之循環液流,㈦自反應區帶 或分離區帶取出以供使用水處理之反應媒質,(f)經取出而 使用水處理之反應媒質,(g)經處理而返回反應區帶或分離 區帶之反應媒質,及(h)在外部冷卻器中之反應媒質。 本發明係包括以習用方式,採用金屬-有機亞轉酸酯配 位錯合觸媒,進行已知習用合成,其中係將含有衍生自該 方法且亦含有在該方法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產 物流體之金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒,⑻使用足以 中和並移除至少若干量該一或多種磷酸性化合物之水,處 _ -22- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先間讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 4 項再填. 裝· -訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 __-_____ B7 五、發明説明(2〇1 ~^ ~'—— 理該反應產物流體,與(b)將含有自該反應產物流體所移 之磷酸性化合物之水,使用足以自該水中移除至少若干量 該一或多種磷酸性化合物之酸移除物質處理,以防止及= 或減少有機亞磷酸酯配位體之水解性降解,及金屬-有機 亞鱗酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失活ο 此等方法之説明例,包括例如氫甲醯化作用、氫醯化作 用(分子内與分子間)、氫氰化作用、氫醯胺化作用、氫酯 化作用、胺解、醇解、羰基化作用、晞烴異構化作用、轉 移氫化作用等。較佳方法係涉及有機化合物與一氧化碳, 或與一氧化碳及第三種反應物,例如氫,或與氰化氫,於 催化量之金屬_有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒存在下反應。 最佳方法包括氬甲醯化作用、氫氰化作用及羰基化作用。 鼠甲醯化作用可根據此項技藝中已知之習用程序進行。 例如,酸類可經由將烯烴化合物、一氧化碳及氫,在氫甲 釀化條件下,於本文中所述之金屬·有機亞磷酸酯配位錯 合觸媒存在下反應而製成。或者,護基酸類可經由將環氧 化物、一氧化碳及氫,在氳甲醯化條件下,於本文中所述 之金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒存在下反應而製成。 護基醛可被氫化成二醇,例如羥基丙醛可被氫化成丙二醇 。氫甲醯化方法係更完整地描述於下文。 分子内氫醯化作用可根據此項技藝中已知之習用程序進 行。例如,可將所移除之含有3至7個碳之晞烴基之醛類, 在氫醯化條件下,於本文中所述之金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配 位錯合觸媒存在下,轉化成環狀酮類。 ________ - 23 - 本紙張尺度適财關家標準(CNS ) A4規格qx297公釐) ------·--•斯衣^-丨 f請先閛讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -訂_ 509694 A7 B7 經濟部中央襟準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(21 分子間氫醯化作用可根據此項技藝中已知之習用程序進 行。例如,酮類可經由將晞烴與醛,在氫醯化條件下,於 本文中所述之金屬·有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒存在下反 應而製成。 氫氰化作用可根據此項技藝中已知之習用程序進行。例 如,腈化合物可經由將烯烴化合物與氰化氫,在氫氰化條 件下,於本文中所述之金屬·有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒 存在下反應而製成。較佳氫氰化方法,係涉及使非共軛非 環狀脂族單烯烴,經共軛至酯基之單烯烴,例如戊么缔酸 甲酯,或經共軛至腈基之單烯烴,例如3_戊烯腈,與氰化 氫來源,在包含零價鎳與二齒螯合亞磷酸酯配位體之觸媒 先質組合物存在下反應,以產生末端有機腈,例如己二腈 ’ 5-氰基戊酸烷酯或3-(全氟烷基)丙腈。此反應較佳係於 路易士酸促進劑存在下進行。氫氰化方法之説明例,係揭 示於美國專利5,523,453與WO 95/14659中,其揭示内容係併於 本文供參考。 氫醯胺化作用可根據此項技藝中已知之習用程序進行。 例如,醯胺類可經由將烯烴、一氧化碳及一級或二級胺或 氨,在氫醯胺化條件下,於本文中所述之金屬有機亞嶙 酸酯配位錯合觸媒存在下反應而製成。 氫酯化作用可根據此項技藝中已知之習用程序進行。例 如,酯類可經由將烯烴、一氧化碳及醇,在氫酯化條件下 ,於本文中所述之金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒存在 下反應而製成。 -24- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(B0X297公釐)、 1T 509694 A7 --------- B7 V. Description of the invention (13)-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) A small amount of water of phosphoric acid compounds, treat at least a part of the water derived from the A reaction product fluid comprising a formazan process and also containing a phosphoric compound formed during the hydroformamation process, which contains phosphoric acid removed from the reaction product fluid in at least one acid removal zone Compound water is treated with a removal substance sufficient to remove at least some amount of a phosphoric compound from the water. A further part of the present invention relates to an improved hydroformylation method for manufacturing one or more aldehydes, which comprises (i) in at least one reaction zone, a metal-organic hypochlorous acid complex coordination catalyst and a video The free organic organic arsonite is selected for the case to 'react one or more olefinic unsaturated compounds with carbon oxide and gas' to produce a reaction product fluid containing one or more acids, and (ii) In at least one separation zone or in the at least one reaction zone, the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs prints one or more aldehydes separated from the reaction product fluid, and improvements include preventing and / or reducing any such Hydrolytic degradation of the organic phosphite ligand and the inactivation of the metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst by (a) using at least one self-reaction product in at least one removal zone The fluid removes at least some amount of one or more acid-removing substances of a phosphoric compound, and processes at least a portion of the phosphorylated compound derived from the hydroformylation process and also containing the phosphorylated compound formed during the hydroformylation process And (b) returning the processed reaction product fluid to the at least one separation zone or the at least one reaction zone. The invention further relates to an improved hydroformylation method for manufacturing one or more aldehydes, which comprises (i) in at least one reaction zone, a metal-organic phosphite coordination dislocation catalyst and a video Free organic phosphorus in the case ___- 1R -___________ ____ This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (21GX297 mm) 509694 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (14) In the presence of acid-vinegar ligands' Reacting one or more dilute unsaturated compounds with carbon monoxide and tritium to produce a reaction product fluid comprising one or more aldehydes, and (ii) in at least one separation zone or in the at least one reaction zone, from The reaction product fluid separates one or more acids, and improvements include preventing and / or reducing any hydrolytic degradation of the organic phosphite ligand, and inactivation of the metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst. By (a) treating at least a portion of the hydroformylation process in at least one scrubbing zone with water sufficient to remove at least some amount of phosphoric acid compound from the reaction product fluid, and A reaction product fluid that also contains a phosphate compound formed during the hydroformylation process, (b) returning the processed reaction product fluid to the at least one reaction zone or the at least one separation zone, (e) at least In an acid removal zone, at least a portion of the water containing the transacid compound removed from the reaction product fluid is used with one or more acid removal substances sufficient to remove at least some amount of phosphoric acid compound from the water Treating, and (d) returning the treated water to the at least one scrubbing zone. Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the notes on the back before filling this page). The present invention also relates in part to an improved hydroformylation method for the production of aldehydes, which includes (i) In the reaction zone, one or more olefin unsaturated compounds are reacted with carbon monoxide and hydrogen in the presence of a metal-organic phosphite coordination catalyst and optionally a free-state organic phosphite ligand, To produce a reaction product fluid containing one or more aldehydes, and to separate one or more aldehydes from the reaction product fluid in or in at least one separation zone, improvements including preventing and / Or reduce the hydrolytic degradation of any of the organic phosphite ligands and the inactivation of the metal-organophosphite complexation catalyst, by means of this-__- 17- _____ this paper Standards apply to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) 509694 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (15) At least one reaction zone or the least A separation zone, taking at least a portion of the reaction product fluid derived from the hydroformylation process and also containing phosphoric compounds formed during the hydroformylation process, (b) in at least one acid removal zone In the belt, one or more acid-removing substances sufficient to remove at least some amounts of transacidic compounds from the reaction product fluid are treated, and at least a portion derived from the hydroformylation process is also contained The removed reaction product fluid of the phosphoric acid compound formed during the process, (C) returns the processed reaction product fluid to the at least one reaction zone or the at least one separation zone, and (d) optionally replaces the one or more acids Remove material. A further part of the present invention relates to an improved hydroformylation method for producing aldehydes, which comprises (i) in at least one reaction zone, a metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst and optionally selected Reacting one or more hydrocarbon unsaturated compounds with carbon monoxide and argon in the presence of a free-state organic subcasting acid amidine ligand to produce a reaction product fluid containing one or more acids, and (ii) in at least one separation zone In the zone or in the at least one reaction zone zone, one or more aldehydes are separated from the reaction product fluid, and improvements include preventing and / or reducing the hydrolytic degradation of any of the organic phosphite ligands, and the metal -The inactivation of the organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst by (a) taking at least a portion of the at least one reaction zone or the at least one separation zone derived from the tomazanization method and A reaction product fluid that also contains phosphoric compounds formed during the hydroformylation process, (b) in at least one scrubbing zone, using at least a sufficient amount of phosphoric acid to be removed from the reaction product fluid Water for the treatment of at least a part of the -18 derived from the hydroformylation process and also containing phosphoric compounds formed during the hydroformylation process-This paper is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297mm) — ^, n binding ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Employees' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 509694 A7 B7_ _ V. Description of the invention (16) After taking out the response Product fluid, so that the processed reaction product fluid is returned to the at least one reaction zone or the at least one separation zone, (d) taking out at least a portion of the water from the at least one scrubbing zone, which contains water from the reaction Phosphate compounds removed from the product fluid, at least one acid removal zone, using one or more acid removal substances sufficient to remove at least some amount of phosphate compounds from the water, treating at least a portion of the Water containing phosphoric acid compounds removed from the reaction product fluid, ① returning the treated water to the at least one scrubbing zone 'and (g) optionally replacing the one or more Acid removes substance. The invention further relates to an improved hydroformylation method for manufacturing one or more aldehydes, which comprises (i) in at least one reaction zone, a metal-organic phosphite coordination dislocation catalyst and a video In the presence of a free-state organic phosphite ligand, one or more olefinically unsaturated compounds are reacted with carbon monoxide and hydrogen to produce a reaction product fluid containing one or more acids, and (ii) in at least one separation zone In the belt or in the at least one reaction zone, one or more acids are separated from the reaction product fluid, and improvements include preventing and / or reducing the hydrolytic degradation of any of the organic linoleate ligands and the metal- The inactivation of the organic phosphite coordination catalyst includes improvements to prevent and / or reduce any hydrolytic degradation of the organic phosphite ligand, and the metal-organophosphate coordination mismatch. The catalyst is deactivated by introducing into the at least one reaction zone and / or the at least one separation zone enough to remove at least one of the acidic compounds from the reaction product fluid or An acid-removing substance that treats at least a portion of the derivative derived from the hydroformylation process and also contains I ----- · --pack ------ order- ----- (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) -19- Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 509694 A 7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention (17) Reaction product fluid of phosphoric compounds . The invention also relates in part to an improved hydroformylation process for making one or more aldehydes, which includes (i) in at least one reaction zone, a metal-organic phosphite coordination dislocation catalyst and optionally Reacting one or more olefinically unsaturated compounds with carbon monoxide and hydrogen in the presence of a selected free-state organic phosphite ligand to produce a reaction product fluid containing one or more aldehydes, and (ii) in at least one separation zone In the zone or in the at least one reaction zone zone, one or more acids are separated from the reaction product fluid. Improvements include preventing and / or reducing the hydrolytic degradation of any of the organic phosphite ligands and the metal-organic Deactivation of phosphite coordination catalysts by introducing at least one amount of phosphoric acid sufficient to remove at least one amount of phosphoric acid from the reaction product fluid in the at least one reaction zone and / or the at least one separation zone Water of a chemical compound, treating at least a portion of the reaction product fluid derived from the hydroformylation process and also containing phosphoric compounds formed during the hydroformylation process, and (b) at least In an acid removal zone, at least a portion of the water containing the phosphoric acid compound removed from the reaction product fluid is used with one or more acid removal substances sufficient to remove at least some amount of the phosphoric acid compound from the water. deal with. A further part of the present invention relates to an improved hydroformylation method for producing aldehydes, which comprises (i) in at least one reaction zone, a metal-organic trans-acid vinegar coordination dislocation catalyst and optional use 'Reacting one or more olefinically unsaturated compounds with carbon monoxide and hydrogen' in the presence of a free-state organic phosphite ligand to produce a reaction product fluid comprising one or more aldehydes, and (ii) in at least one separation zone Or in the at least one reaction zone, since _ _ · 20- This paper size is applicable to Chinaϊϋ (公 巧-~ ----------------- IT ----- -φ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 509694 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (18) The reaction product fluid separated one or more aldehydes, and its improvement matters Including preventing and / or reducing the hydrolytic degradation of any of the organic phosphite ligands, and the inactivation of the metal-organophosphite coordination catalyst, in a manner such that it is removed from the at least one reaction zone or The at least one separation zone, at least a part of which is derived from The hydroformylation process and also a reaction product fluid containing an acidic compound formed during the hydroformylation process, in at least one scrubbing zone, using at least a sufficient amount of phosphoric acid to remove from the reaction product fluid Compound water, treating at least a portion of the reaction product fluid derived from the benzylation method and also having a phosphoric acid compound formed during the hydroformylation method, (C) rendering the treated reaction product The fluid returns to the at least one reaction zone or the at least one separation zone. In at least one scrubbing zone, at least a portion of the water containing the phosphoric acid compound removed from the reaction product fluid is used. The water removes at least some amount of one or more acid-removing substances of a phosphoric acid compound, and optionally replaces the one or more acid-removing substances. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG. Simplified flowchart of a method for removing one or more amidines for recovery and return to the hydroformylation process. / General method The method of the present invention may be asymmetric or asymmetric The preferred method is asymmetrical and can be performed in any continuous or semi-continuous manner, and involves any desired catalyst liquid and / or gas recycling operation. Specific methods for producing products from—or multiple reactants, and Reaction conditions for this method --------.-- install ------ order ------ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -21-509694 Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 printed by the Bureau ’s Consumer Cooperatives ----- --- B7 V. (19) A ~ --__ and ingredients are not important features of the present invention. The processing technology of the present invention may be equivalent to the conventional methods used so far. Any known processing technology used. For example, 'This method can be performed in a liquid or gas state and in a continuous, semi-continuous or batch manner, and involves liquid recycling and / or gas recycling operations, or such systems Combination, as needed. Similarly, the manner or order of adding reaction components, catalysts and solvents is not important and can be achieved in any conventional manner. As used herein, the term "reaction product fluid" is intended to include, but is not limited to, a reaction mixture containing a certain amount of any one or more of the following: a metal-organophosphite complexation catalyst ⑼, free-state organic phosphite ligand, (C) one or more phosphoric compounds formed in the reaction, (d) products formed in the reaction, (e) unreacted reactants' and (f) An organic solubilizer for the metal-organic phosphite g coordination complex catalyst and the free-state organic phosphite ligand. This reaction product stream system covers, but is not limited to, reactions in the reaction zone Medium, (b) the flow of reaction medium on the way to the separation zone, (C) the reaction medium in the separation zone, (d) the circulating liquid flow between the separation zone and the reaction zone, from the reaction zone Take out the reaction medium for water treatment using the belt or separation zone, (f) the reaction medium after taking out and use water treatment, (g) the reaction medium after returning to the reaction zone or separation zone after treatment, and (h) Reaction medium in an external cooler. Includes conventional conventional synthesis using a metal-organic transesterate coordination catalyst in a conventional manner, which will contain a reaction product fluid containing a phosphate compound derived from the process and also containing the phosphoric acid compound formed during the process Metal-organic phosphite coordination catalyst, use water sufficient to neutralize and remove at least some amount of the one or more phosphoric compounds, _ -22- This paper applies Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) (please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 4 items. Fill in.-Order printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Printed A7 __-_____ B7 V. Invention Explanation (20.1 ~ ^ ~ '—— Treat the reaction product fluid, and (b) use water that contains phosphoric acid compounds removed from the reaction product fluid, and use enough to remove at least some amount of the one or Treatment of acid-removing substances of various phosphoric compounds to prevent and = or reduce the hydrolytic degradation of organic phosphite ligands and the inactivation of metal-organic phosphatidyl complex coordination catalysts ο These methods Illustrative example, package For example, hydroformylation, hydrogenation (intramolecular and intermolecular), hydrocyanation, hydrofluoridation, hydroesterification, amination, alcoholysis, carbonylation, hydrazone isomerization Effect, transfer hydrogenation, etc. The preferred method involves the coordination of organic compounds with carbon monoxide, or with carbon monoxide and a third reactant, such as hydrogen, or with hydrogen cyanide, in a catalytic amount of metal_organic phosphite. The reaction is in the presence of a catalyst. The best methods include argon methylation, hydrocyanation, and carbonylation. Murine methylation can be performed according to conventional procedures known in the art. For example, acids can be obtained by converting olefin compounds Carbon monoxide and hydrogen are produced by reaction under the conditions of hydrogen methylation in the presence of a metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst as described herein. Alternatively, amino acids can be prepared by reacting epoxy compounds, carbon monoxide, and hydrogen in the presence of metal formazan in the presence of a metal-organic phosphite coordination dislocation catalyst as described herein. Acetal can be hydrogenated to diol, for example, hydroxypropanal can be hydrogenated to propylene glycol. The hydroformylation process is described more fully below. Intramolecular hydrogenation can be performed according to conventional procedures known in the art. For example, the removed aldehydes containing 3 to 7 carbon fluorene groups can be converted under the conditions of hydrogenation in the presence of the metal-organic phosphite coordination catalyst described herein. Into cyclic ketones. ________-23-The paper size is suitable for financial and family care standards (CNS) A4 size qx297 mm) -------------- Siyi ^ Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -Order_ 509694 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Accreditation Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (21 Intermolecular hydrogenation can be performed according to customary procedures known in the art. For example, ketones can be obtained by converting fluorene It is prepared by reacting with aldehyde under the conditions of hydrogenation in the presence of the metal-organophosphite complexing catalyst described herein. Hydrocyanation can be performed according to conventional procedures known in the art. For example, a nitrile compound can be prepared by reacting an olefin compound with hydrogen cyanide under the conditions of hydrocyanation in the presence of a metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst described herein. Preferred hydrogen The cyanation method involves making a non-conjugated acyclic aliphatic monoolefin, a monoolefin conjugated to an ester group, such as methyl pentamate, or a monoolefin conjugated to a nitrile group, such as 3_ Pentenonitrile, with hydrogen cyanide source, contains zero-valent nickel and bidentate chelated phosphite The catalyst precursor composition of the ligand reacts in the presence of a terminal organic nitrile, such as adiponitrile '5-cyanovalerate or 3- (perfluoroalkyl) propionitrile. This reaction is preferably It is carried out in the presence of a Lewis acid accelerator. Illustrative examples of the hydrocyanation method are disclosed in US Pat. Nos. 5,523,453 and WO 95/14659, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Hydrogenation can be based on this Conventional procedures known in the art are performed. For example, amidoamines can be coordinated by the metalorganophosphites described herein under the conditions of hydrogenation of olefins, carbon monoxide and primary or secondary amines or ammonia. Hydrogenation can be performed according to conventional procedures known in the art. For example, esters can be prepared by reacting olefins, carbon monoxide, and alcohols under the conditions of hydroesterification. The metal-organophosphite complex catalyst is reacted in the presence of the catalyst. -24- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (B0X297 mm)

509694 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(22 ) 胺解可根據此項技藝中已知之習用程序進行。例如,胺 類可經由將烯烴與一級或二級胺,在胺解條件下,於本文 中所述之金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒存在下反應而 製成。 … 醇解可根據此項技藝中已知之習用程序進行。例如,醚 類可經由將烯烴與醇,在醇解條件下,於本文中所述之金 屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒存在下反應而製成。 窥基化作用可根據此項技藝中已知之習用程序進行。例 如,内酯可經由以一氧化碳處理烯丙基醇類,在羰基化條 件下,於本文中所述之金屬_有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒 存在下製成。 異構化作用可根據此項技藝中已知之習用程序進行。例 如,晞丙基醇類可在異構化條件下,於本文中所述之金屬 _有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒存在下進行異構化,以產生 酸類。 轉私氫化作用可根據此項技藝中已知之習用程序進行。 例如,醇類可經由將酮與醇,在轉移氫化條件下,於本文 中斤述之金屬β有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒存在下反應而 製成。 本發明方法所涵蓋之可容許起始反應物質,當然係依所 要2行之特定方法作選擇。此種起始物質係爲此項技藝中 =:知,並可根據習用方法使用習用量。起始反應物質之 化例’包括例如經取代與未經取代之醛類(分子内氫醯 作用)、缔烴(氳甲醯化作用、羰基化作用、分子間氫醯 本紙張尺度適 I - ^------IT------ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)509694 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (22) Amination can be performed according to customary procedures known in the art. For example, amines can be prepared by reacting an olefin with a primary or secondary amine in the presence of a metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst as described herein under ammonolysis conditions. ... alcoholysis can be performed according to conventional procedures known in the art. For example, ethers can be prepared by reacting an olefin with an alcohol under the conditions of alcoholysis in the presence of a metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst as described herein. Peeping can be performed according to conventional procedures known in the art. For example, lactones can be prepared by treating allyl alcohols with carbon monoxide in the presence of a metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst as described herein under carbonylation conditions. Isomerization can be performed according to conventional procedures known in the art. For example, propyl alcohol can be isomerized under isomerization conditions in the presence of the metal-organophosphite coordination catalyst described herein to produce acids. Diversion hydrogenation can be performed according to conventional procedures known in the art. For example, alcohols can be prepared by reacting a ketone with an alcohol under the conditions of transfer hydrogenation in the presence of a metal beta organic phosphite coordination catalyst as described herein. The permissible starting materials covered by the method of the present invention are, of course, selected according to the specific methods of the two desired rows. This kind of starting material is known in the art. It can be used according to customary methods. Examples of the modification of the starting reaction substance include, for example, substituted and unsubstituted aldehydes (intramolecular hydrogen hydration), associating hydrocarbons (methylformation, carbonylation, intermolecular hydrogen). ^ ------ IT ------ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 /U At- m ^ 氫氰化作用、氫醯胺化作用、氫酯化作用、胺解 、、醇解)、酮類(轉移氫化作用)、環氧化物(氫甲醯化作用 、、虱氰化作用)、醇類(羰基化作用)及其類似物。用以達 成2發明方法之適當反應物之説明例,係詳述於Kirk-Othmer 化學技術百科全書,第四版,1996,其有關部份係併於本文 參考。 、可採用於本發明所涵蓋方法中之金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配 仫4合觸媒之説明例,以及其製備方法,係爲此項技藝中 所ή知’且包括在下文所指出之專利中所揭示者。一般而 。此種觸媒可如此等參考資料中所述經預先形成或當場 形成’且基本上包含與有機亞磷酸酯配位體呈錯合組合之 金屬。此等活性物種亦可含有直接結合至金屬之一氧化碳 及/或氫。 可使用於此等方法中之觸媒,包括金屬-有機亞磷酸酯 配位錯合觸媒,其可爲光學活性或無光學活性。構成金屬 -有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合物之可容許金屬,包括第8、9及 10族金屬,選自鍺(Rh)、鈷(Co)、銥⑻、釕(Ru)、鐵(Fe)、 鎳(Ni)、鈀(Pd)、鉑(Pt)、鐵(Os)及其混合物,其中較佳金屬 爲鍺、鈷、銥及釕,更佳爲鍺、鈷及釕,尤其是鍺。其他 可容許金屬包括第11族金屬,選自銅(CU)、銀(Ag)、金(Au) 及其混合物,以及第6族金屬,選自鉻(〇·)、鉬(Mo)、鎢(W) 及其混合物。來自第6、8、9、10及11族金屬之混合物, 亦可使用於本發明中。構成金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合 物及自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體之可容許有機亞磷酸酯配 -26- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) —------—------訂----- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 B7 五、發明説明(24 t體,包括入單-、二-、三-及較高之多有機亞磷酸酯。 若需要,可在金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒及/或自 由態配位體中採用此種配位體之混合物,且此種混合物可 爲相同或不同。本發明並不意欲以任何方式受限於此等可 容許之有機亞磷酸酯配位體或其混合物。應注意的是,本 發明之成功地實施,並非依賴且並非根據金屬-有機亞磷 酸酯配位錯合物種之確實結構,其可以其單核、雙核及/ 或較鬲梭性形式存在。事實上,確實結構並不明瞭。雖然 此處並不意欲受任何理論或機械式論述所束縛,但此等觸 媒物種當使用時似乎可呈其最簡單形式,其基本上包含與 有機亞磷酸酯配位體及一氧化碳及/或氫呈錯合組合之金 屬。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印 於本文中及在申請專利範圍中使用之”錯合物,,一詞,係 意謂經由一或多個能夠獨立存在之電子上富含之分子或原 =,與一或多個而每一個亦能夠獨立存在之電子上貧乏之 分子或原子之結合所形成之配位化合物。例如,可採用於 、中之有機亞磷版酯配位體,可具有一或多個嶙供體原 子,各具有一對可採用或未共用之電子對,各能夠獨立地 ,可與金屬協力(例如經由螯合作用)形成配位共價鍵。一 軋化碳(其亦適當地被分類爲配位體)亦可存在並與金屬錯 二。錯合觸媒之最後組成亦可含有其他配位*,例如氯^ 陰離子,以滿足配位位置或金屬之核電荷。其他配位基之 况=、’包括例如齒素(C1、Br、J)、垸基、芳基、經取代 醯基、CF3、C2F5、CN、(R)2PO 及 RP(〇)(〇u)〇(其中Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs / U At-m ^ Hydrocyanation, Hydrogenation, Hydroesterification, Amination, Alcolysis), Ketones (Transfer Hydrogenation), Epoxy Compounds (hydromethylation, cyanide), alcohols (carbonylation) and their analogs. Illustrative examples of suitable reactants for achieving the method of invention 2 are detailed in the Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Fourth Edition, 1996, the relevant parts of which are incorporated herein by reference. Illustrative examples of metal-organophosphite complex catalysts that can be used in the methods covered by the present invention, as well as their preparation methods, are known in the art, and include the patents indicated below Revealed in. Normally. Such catalysts may be preformed or formed on the spot 'as described in these references and essentially comprise a metal in a mismatched combination with an organic phosphite ligand. These active species may also contain carbon oxide and / or hydrogen which is directly bound to the metal. Catalysts that can be used in these methods, including metal-organophosphite coordination catalysts, can be optically active or non-optically active. Permissible metals constituting metal-organophosphite complexes, including Groups 8, 9 and 10 metals, selected from germanium (Rh), cobalt (Co), iridium osmium, ruthenium (Ru), iron (Fe ), Nickel (Ni), palladium (Pd), platinum (Pt), iron (Os) and mixtures thereof, among which the preferred metals are germanium, cobalt, iridium and ruthenium, more preferably germanium, cobalt and ruthenium, especially germanium . Other permissible metals include Group 11 metals selected from copper (CU), silver (Ag), gold (Au) and mixtures thereof, and group 6 metals selected from chromium (〇 ·), molybdenum (Mo), tungsten (W) and mixtures thereof. Mixtures of metals from Groups 6, 8, 9, 10 and 11 can also be used in the present invention. Permissible organic phosphites that constitute metal-organic phosphite coordination complexes and free-state organic phosphite ligands-26- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) —------—------ Order ----- (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (24 t-body, including entering the bill-2) -, Tri- and higher polyorganophosphites. If desired, a mixture of such ligands can be used in metal-organophosphite coordination catalysts and / or free state ligands, and Such mixtures may be the same or different. The present invention is not intended to be limited in any way by such permissible organic phosphite ligands or mixtures thereof. It should be noted that the successful implementation of the present invention is not dependent on And it is not based on the exact structure of the metal-organophosphite complex, which can exist in its mononuclear, dinuclear and / or more shuttle-like form. In fact, the exact structure is unknown. Although not intended here Bound by any theoretical or mechanical discourse, but these catalyst species should be used It seems to be in its simplest form, which basically contains a metal in a mismatched combination with an organophosphite ligand and carbon monoxide and / or hydrogen. The Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs is printed here and is in the scope of patent applications The "complex" used in the term, means that one or more molecules or primitives rich in electrons that can exist independently are depleted with one or more electrons that can also exist independently. Coordination compound formed by the combination of molecules or atoms. For example, organic phosphorous plate ester ligands that can be used in or in can have one or more fluorene donor atoms, each with a pair that can be used or not shared Each of the electron pairs can independently form a covalent bond in coordination with the metal (eg, via chelation). A rolled carbon (which is also appropriately classified as a ligand) can also exist and be mismatched with the metal 2. The final composition of the complex catalyst may also contain other coordinations *, such as the chloride ^ anion, to satisfy the coordination position or the nuclear charge of the metal. The condition of other coordination groups =, 'including, for example, dentin (C1, Br , J), fluorenyl, aromatic , Substituted acyl, CF3, C2F5, CN, (R) 2PO and RP (square) (〇u) square (wherein

本紙張尺度適用中國國^^^^ 2WX297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 A7 _____B7 —___ 五、發明説明(25 ) 各R爲相同或不同,且係爲經取代或未經取代之烴基,例 如fe基或芳基),醋酸根、乙酿基丙酮酸根、so4、pf4、 PF6、no2、no3、ch30、ch2=chch2、CH3CH=CHCH2、 c6h5cn、CH3CN、NH3、吡啶、(C2H5)3N,單烯烴、二烯 烴及三烯烴,四氫呋喃等。當然,應明瞭此等錯合物種較 佳係不含任何其他可能會使觸媒中毒或對於觸媒性能具有 不當之不利作用之有機配位基或陰離子。在金屬_有機亞 轉酸酯配位錯合物催化之方法,例如氫甲酿化作用中,活 性觸媒較佳係不含直接結合至金屬之_素與硫,惟其並非 絕對必要。 在此種金屬上可採用配位位置之數目,係爲此項技藝中 所習知。因此,觸媒物種可包含錯合觸媒混合物,呈其單 體性、二聚體性或較高核性形式,其較佳特徵在於每一個 金屬例如鍺之分子錯合含至少一個有機亞磷酸目旨之分子。 例如,鑒於被氫甲醯化反應所採用之一氧化碳與氫,故咸 認在氫甲醯化反應中採用之較佳觸媒之觸媒物種,除了有 機亞磷酸酯配位體之外,可與一氧化碳及氫錯合。 可充作本發明方法與反應產物流體之金屬-有機亞嶙酸 酉Q配位錯合觸媒之配位體及/或自由態配位體之有機亞磷 酸酯,可爲非對掌性(光學上不活性)或對掌性(光學活性) 型式’且爲此項技藝中所習知。所謂”自由態配位體”係意 謂此配位體不與金屬錯合(接合至或結合至金屬),該金屬 例如錯合觸媒之金屬原子。正如本文中所指出者,本發明 <万法,且尤其是氫甲醯化方法,可於自由態有機亞磷酸 I__ _—轉28- 本紙張尺度適;(CNS ) A4規格(21〇x297^^--- . 裝 訂 (請先.Μ讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A 7 B7 五 、發明説明严 ‘知配位體存在下進行。非對掌性有機亞磷酸酯係爲較佳的 Ο 入I有機亞鱗酸醋中,可充作含有本發明反應產物流體之 金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之配位體,及/或亦可 $在於琢反應產物流體中之任何自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位 把者,係爲單有機亞磷酸酯、二有機亞磷酸酯、三有機亞 磷酸酯及有機多亞磷酸酯化合物。此種可採用於本發明及 /或其製備方法中之有機亞磷酸酯配位體,係爲此項技藝 中所習知。 $ 代表性之單有機亞磷酸酯,可包括具有下式者: R1—〇一p \〇/ (I) 其中R1表示含有4至40個碳原子或更多之經取代或未經取 代之三價烴基,譬如三價非環狀與三價環狀基團,例如三 價次燒基,譬如衍生自1,2>三羥甲基丙烷者,及其類似物 ,或三價次環烷基,譬如衍生自三羥基環己烷者,及 其類似物。此種單有機亞磷酸酯可參閱例如在美國專利 4,567,306中之更詳細描述,其揭示内容係併於本文供參考 〇 代表性之二有機亞磷酸酯,可包括具有下式者: -29- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Μ規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)This paper size applies to China ^^^^ 2WX297 mm) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 509694 A7 _____B7 —___ V. Description of the invention (25) Each R is the same or different, and it is replaced or not Substituted hydrocarbon groups, such as fe or aryl), acetate, ethylpyruvate, so4, pf4, PF6, no2, no3, ch30, ch2 = chch2, CH3CH = CHCH2, c6h5cn, CH3CN, NH3, pyridine, (C2H5) 3N, mono-, di-, and tri-olefins, tetrahydrofuran, etc. Of course, it should be understood that these better complexes do not contain any other organic ligands or anions that may poison the catalyst or have an adverse effect on the performance of the catalyst. In methods catalyzed by metal-organic transesterate coordination complexes, such as hydromethylation, the active catalyst is preferably free of elements and sulfur that are directly bound to the metal, but it is not absolutely necessary. The number of coordination positions that can be used on such metals is known in the art. Therefore, the catalyst species may include a hybrid catalyst mixture in its monomeric, dimeric, or higher nuclear form. It is preferably characterized in that each metal, such as germanium, contains at least one organic phosphorous acid in the molecular complex. The purpose of the molecule. For example, in view of the carbon monoxide and hydrogen used in the hydroformylation reaction, the catalyst species recognized as the better catalyst used in the hydroformylation reaction, in addition to the organic phosphite ligands, can be used with Carbon monoxide and hydrogen are mismatched. The organic phosphite which can be used as the metal-organic arsenite Q complex coordination catalyst and / or the free-state ligand of the method and the reaction product fluid of the present invention can be non-palladium ( Optically inactive) or palmar (optically active) versions' are well known in the art. By "free-state ligand" is meant that the ligand is not complexed (bonded or bonded to a metal) with a metal, such as a metal atom of a mismatched catalyst. As pointed out in this article, the present invention < Wanfa, and especially the hydroformylation method, can be adapted to the free-state organic phosphorous acid I _____ 28- This paper is of suitable size; (CNS) A4 size (21〇x297 ^^ ---. Binding (please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A 7 B7 V. Description of the invention Strictly know the presence of the ligand. Non It is better for palmitic organic phosphite system. It can be used as a ligand for the metal-organic phosphite coordination dislocation catalyst containing the reaction product fluid of the present invention, and / Or it can be any free-state organic phosphite coordination compound in the reaction product fluid, which is a monoorganic phosphite, a diorganophosphite, a triorganophosphite, and an organic polyphosphite compound. . Such organic phosphite ligands that can be used in the present invention and / or its preparation method are known in the art. $ Representative monoorganic phosphites can include those with the following formula : R1—〇 一 p \ 〇 / (I) where R1 represents containing 4 to 40 carbon atoms Or more substituted or unsubstituted trivalent hydrocarbon groups, such as trivalent acyclic and trivalent cyclic groups, such as trivalent hypocarbyl groups, such as those derived from 1,2 > trimethylolpropane, And its analogs, or trivalent cycloalkyl groups, such as those derived from trihydroxycyclohexane, and the like. Such monoorganophosphites can be found in more detail, for example, in U.S. Patent 4,567,306, which discloses The content is for reference in this document. 〇 Representative two organic phosphites, which can include the following formula: -29- This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) M specifications (210X297 mm) (Please read the back (Please fill in this page again)

509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(27 )509694 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (27)

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其中R2表示含有4至40個碳原子或更多之經取代或未經取 代之二價烴基,且W表示含有1至18個碳原子或更多之經 取代或未經取代之單價烴基。 於上文式⑻中以W表示之代表性經取代與未經取代之單 價烴基,包括烷基與芳基,而以r2表示之代表性經取代與 未經取代之二價烴基,係包括二價非環狀基團及二價芳族 基團。二價非環狀基團之説明例,包括例如次燒基、次燒 基-氧基-次烷基、次烷基-NR4-次烷基,其中R4爲氫或經 取代或未經取代之單價烴基,例如具有1至4個碳原子之烷 基;次烷基次烷基,及次環烷基等。更佳二價非環狀基 團係爲二價次燒基,譬如更完整地揭示於美國專利 3,415,906與4,567,302等之中者,其揭示内容係併於本文供參 考。二價芳族基團之説明例,包括例如次芳基、次雙芳基 、次芳基-次烷基、次芳基-次烷基-次芳基、次芳基-氧基 -次芳基、次芳基-NR4-次芳基,其中R4係如上文定義,次 芳基-S-次芳基,及次芳基-S-次烷基等。較佳R2爲二價芳族 基團,譬如更完整地揭示於美國專利4,599,206、4,717,775、 4,835,299等之中者,其揭示内容係併於本文供參考。 更佳二有機亞磷酸酯種類之代表例,爲具有下式者: -30- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 509694 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明( 28Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs where R2 represents a substituted or unsubstituted divalent hydrocarbon group containing 4 to 40 carbon atoms or more, and W represents a process containing 1 to 18 carbon atoms or more A substituted or unsubstituted monovalent hydrocarbon group. Representative substituted and unsubstituted monovalent hydrocarbon groups represented by W in the formula (I) above, including alkyl and aryl groups, and representative substituted and unsubstituted divalent hydrocarbon groups represented by r2, including two Valence acyclic group and divalent aromatic group. Illustrative examples of divalent acyclic groups include, for example, sulfenyl, sulfenyl-oxy- sulfinyl, sulfinyl-NR4- sulfinyl, where R4 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted Monovalent hydrocarbon groups, for example, alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; alkylene alkylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, and the like. More preferred divalent non-cyclic groups are divalent secondary alkyl groups, such as those more fully disclosed in U.S. Patents 3,415,906 and 4,567,302, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. Illustrative examples of divalent aromatic groups include, for example, subaryl, subbisaryl, subaryl-subalkyl, subaryl-subalkyl-subaryl, subaryl-oxy-subaryl And aryl-NR4-subaryl, in which R4 is as defined above, s-aryl-S- aryl, and s-aryl-S-alkylene. Preferably, R2 is a divalent aromatic group, such as those more fully disclosed in U.S. Patents 4,599,206, 4,717,775, 4,835,299, etc., the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. A representative example of a better type of diorganophosphite is the one with the following formula: -30- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) Page) 509694 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (28

p~o-w (III) 其中w係如上=定義,各&爲相同或不同▲么—小现π.,、或未經取代之芳基,各y爲相同或不同,且爲〇或】之數値 ,Q表示二價橋接基團,選自_C(R3)^、_〇_、各、_皿4-、 Si(R5)2-及務,其中各R3爲相同或不同,且表示氫、具有 1至12個碳原子I烷基、苯基、甲苯基及對甲氧苯基,R4 係如上文定義,各R5爲相同或不同,且表示氫或甲基,及 m爲〇或1之數値。此種二有機亞磷酸酯係更詳細地ς述於 例如美國專利4,599,206、4,717,775及4,835,299中,其揭示内容 係併於本文供參考。 / 代表性之三有機亞瑪酸酯可包括具有下式者: 且表示經取代 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項鼻填寫本貢) -装· ,1r 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 /OR6 R^~OR6 〇R6 <IV) 其中各R6爲相同或不同,且爲經取代或未經取代之單價烴 基,例如烷基、環烷基、芳基、烷芳基及芳烷基,其可含 有1至24個碳原子。三有機亞磷酸酯之説明例,包括例如 亞磷酸三烷基酯、亞磷酸二烷基芳基酯、亞磷酸烷基二芳 基酯、亞轉酸三芳基酯及其類似物,例如亞磷酸三甲酯、 -31 本紙張尺度適用中規格(襲) .—........-—-....... —I — 509694 Α7 Β7 29 五、發明説明 亞磷酸三乙酯、亞磷酸丁基二乙基酯、亞磷酸三-正_丙基 酯、亞磷酸三-正-丁基酯、亞磷酸三-厶乙基己基酯、亞磷 酸三-正-辛基酯、亞磷酸三-正-十二基酯、亞磷酸二甲基 苯基酯、亞磷酸二乙基苯基酯、亞磷酸甲基二苯基酯、亞 磷酸乙基二苯基酯、亞磷酸三苯基酯、亞磷酸三蕃基酯、 亞碍阪雙(3,6,8~二-第二-丁基-2-莕基)甲基醋、亞轉酸雙(3,6,8_ 三-第三-丁基_2·莕基)環己基酯、亞磷酸參〇二-第三_丁基_ 2-莕基)酯、亞磷酸雙(3,6,8_三第三-丁基冬莕基)(4_聯苯基)酯 、亞磷&L雙(3,6,8-二-第三_丁基_2_蓁基)苯基酯、亞嶙酸雙 (3,6,8-二-第二-丁基-2-¾:基)(4-苯甲醯基苯基)酯、亞蹲酸雙 〇,6,8-二-第二-丁基_2_莕基)(4-;暖醯基苯基)酯及其類似物。最 佳三有機亞磷酸酯爲亞磷酸三苯基酯。此種三有機亞磷酸 酯係更詳細地描述於例如美國專利3,527,8〇9與5,277,532中, 其揭示内容係併於本文供參考。 代表性之有機多亞鱗酸酯,係含有兩個或多個三級(三 價)磷原子,並可包括具有下式者: (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)p ~ ow (III) where w is as defined above, and each & is the same or different ▲? —Small π., or unsubstituted aryl, each y is the same or different, and is 0 or】 Number 値, Q represents a divalent bridging group, selected from _C (R3) ^, _〇_, each, __4-, Si (R5) 2-, and each R3 is the same or different, and represents Hydrogen, I alkyl, phenyl, tolyl, and p-methoxyphenyl having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, R4 is as defined above, each R5 is the same or different, and represents hydrogen or methyl, and m is 0 or Number of 1 値. Such diorganophosphites are described in more detail in, for example, U.S. Patents 4,599,206, 4,717,775 and 4,835,299, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. / The representative three organic imidates can include those with the following formula: and said to be replaced (please read the notes on the back first and fill out the bonbon)-loaded ·, 1r Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs / OR6 R ^ ~ OR6 〇R6 < IV) wherein each R6 is the same or different and is a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent hydrocarbon group, such as alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkaryl, and aralkyl, It may contain 1 to 24 carbon atoms. Illustrative examples of triorganophosphites include, for example, trialkylphosphite, dialkylarylphosphite, alkyldiarylphosphite, triarylphosphite, and the like, such as phosphorous acid Trimethyl ester, -31 This paper is applicable to medium specifications (袭) .—........-—-....... —I — 509694 Α7 Β7 29 5. Description of the invention Triethyl phosphite Ester, butyl diethyl phosphite, tri-n-propyl phosphite, tri-n-butyl phosphite, tri-n-ethylhexyl phosphite, tri-n-octyl phosphite , Tri-n-dodecyl phosphite, dimethylphenyl phosphite, diethylphenyl phosphite, methyldiphenyl phosphite, ethyldiphenyl phosphite, phosphorous acid Triphenyl ester, trisylphosphite, bis (3,6,8 ~ di-second-butyl-2-fluorenyl) methyl vinegar, bis (3,6,8_ Tri-tertiary-butyl_2 · fluorenyl) cyclohexyl ester, tri-tertiary-tertiary-butyl-2-fluorenyl) phosphite, bis (3,6,8_tri-tertiary- Butyl winter fluorenyl) (4-biphenyl) ester, phosphorous & L bis (3,6,8-bis-third-butyl_2-fluorenyl) benzene Ester, bis (3,6,8-bis-second-butyl-2-¾: :) bis (3,6,8-di-second-butyl-2-¾: yl) ester, bis (6,8-) Di-second-butyl-2-fluorenyl) (4-; nullinophenyl) esters and their analogs. The most preferred triorganophosphite is triphenyl phosphite. Such triorganophosphites are described in more detail in, for example, U.S. Patents 3,527,809 and 5,277,532, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. The representative organic polyphosphonolide contains two or more tertiary (trivalent) phosphorus atoms, and can include those with the following formula: (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

、1T R: 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ,〇、、cr • P—< a P-0- X b (V) 其中X表示含有2至40個碳原子之經取代或未經取代之n價 有機橋接基團,各R7爲相同或不同,且表示含有4至祁個 碳原子之二價有機基團,各R8爲相同或不同,且表示含有, 1T R: Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Cr, P— < a P-0- X b (V) where X represents a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom containing 2 to 40 carbon atoms Substituted n-valent organic bridging groups, each R7 is the same or different, and represents a divalent organic group containing 4 to Qi carbon atoms, each R8 is the same or different, and represents containing

210Χ2()7 公釐) • i— 8— ·-----1- I ....... I I---二 509694 A7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ___^_ B7五、發明説明(30 ) 1至24個竣原子之經取代或未經取代之單價烴基,a與b可 爲相同或不同,且各具有〇至6之數値,其附帶條件是a+b 之總和爲2至6,且η等於a+b。當然,應明暸當a具有2或 更大之數値時,各R7基團可相同或不同。對任何特定化合 物而言,各R8基團亦可爲相同或不同。 於上文中以X表示之代表性η價(較佳爲二價)有機橋接基 團,及以R7表示之代表性二價有機基團,係包括非環狀基 團與芳族基團兩者,譬如次烷基、次烷基-Qm-次烷基、次 環烷基、次芳基、次雙芳基、次芳基-次烷基及次芳基-(CH2)y-Qm-(CH2)y-次芳基等,其中每一個Q、y及m均如上 文在式(m)中之定義。於上文中以X及R7表示之非環狀基團 ,更佳爲二價次燒基,而於上文中以X及表示之芳族基 .團,更佳爲二價次芳基與次雙芳基,譬如更完整地揭示於 例如美國專利 4,769,498 ; 4,774,361 : 4,885,401 ; 5,179,055 ; 5,113,022 ; 5,202,297 ; 5,235,113,· 5,264,616 及 5,364,950,以及歐 洲專利申請案公告662,468等之中者,其揭示内容係併於本 文供參考。於上文中以各R8基團表示之代表性較佳單價烴 基,包括燒基與芳族基團。 較佳有機多亞磷酸酯之説明例,可包括雙亞磷酸酯,譬 如具有下式(VI)至(vm)者: (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) :p—ο-χ 2 (VI) -33- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X29?公釐) 509694 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(31 rL〇、 fP—〇〆 :ρ-ο- X 2 ,〇、cr (VII) ,〇— Ό—R8 (VIII) 其中式(vi)至(vm)之各R7、R8及X均與上文關於式⑺所定 義者相同。各R7與X較佳係表示二價烴基,選自次虎基、 次芳基、次芳基-次烷基-次芳基及次雙芳基,而各R8基團 係表示單價烴基,選自烷基與芳基。此種式(V)至(_)之 有機亞磷酸酯配位體,可參閱在例如美國專利4,668,651 ; 4,748,261 ; 4,769,498 ; 4,774,361,· 4,885,401 ; 5,113,022 ; 5,179,055 ;5,202,297 ; 5,235,113 ; 5?254?741 ; 5,264,616 ; 5,312,996 ; 5,364,950 ;及5,391,801中所揭示者,其揭示内容全部併於本 文供參考。 更佳有機雙亞磷酸酯種類之代表例,係爲具有下列式(K) 至ρα)者210 × 2 () 7 mm) • i— 8— · ----- 1- I ....... I I --- two 509694 A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^^ _ B7 V. Description of the invention (30) A substituted or unsubstituted monovalent hydrocarbon group of 1 to 24 complete atoms, a and b may be the same or different, and each has a number of 0 to 6, and the condition is a + The sum of b is 2 to 6, and η is equal to a + b. Of course, it should be understood that when a has a number of 2 or more, each R7 group may be the same or different. For any particular compound, each R8 group can also be the same or different. The representative η-valent (preferably divalent) organic bridging group represented by X above, and the representative divalent organic group represented by R7, include both acyclic groups and aromatic groups. , Such as alkylene, alkylene-Qm-alkylene, cycloalkylene, aryl, bis-biaryl, aryl-alkylene, and aryl- (CH2) y-Qm- ( CH2) y-subaryl, etc., wherein each Q, y and m are as defined above in formula (m). The non-cyclic group represented by X and R7 in the above is more preferably a divalent hypoalkynyl group, and the aromatic group represented by X and in the above is more preferably a divalent subaryl group and a bisbis group. Aryl, for example, is disclosed more fully in, for example, U.S. Patents 4,769,498; 4,774,361: 4,885,401; 5,179,055; 5,113,022; 5,202,297; 5,235,113; 5,264,616 and 5,364,950; and European Patent Application Publications 662,468, among others. The disclosure is incorporated herein by reference. Representative preferred monovalent hydrocarbon groups represented by each R8 group hereinabove include alkyl and aromatic groups. Examples of preferred organic polyphosphites can include bisphosphites, such as those with the following formulas (VI) to (vm): (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page): p—ο-χ 2 (VI) -33- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X29? Mm) 509694 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (31 rL〇, fP—〇 〆: ρ-ο- X 2, 〇, cr (VII), 〇— Ό—R8 (VIII) wherein each of R7, R8 and X of the formulae (vi) to (vm) is the same as defined above with respect to formula ⑺ Same. Each of R7 and X preferably represents a divalent hydrocarbon group, selected from the group consisting of hypoxyl, subaryl, subaryl-alkylidene-subaryl, and hypobiaryl, and each R8 group represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group. Is selected from the group consisting of alkyl and aryl. Such organic phosphite ligands of the formulae (V) to (_) can be found in, for example, U.S. Patents 4,668,651; 4,748,261; 4,769,498; 4,774,361; 4,885,401; 5,113,022; 5 5,179,055; 5,202,297; 5,235,113; 5? 254? 741; 5,264,616; 5,312,996; 5,364,950; and 5,391,801. And in the present text by reference. More preferably the bis-type organophosphate representative example, to have the following formula based (K) to ρα) by

(DO (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再一填寫本頁) 訂 4. 準 標 家 國 國 中 用 適 A. 尺 張 紙 本 祕 釐 公 17 509694 kl B7 五、發明説明( 32 个r— (?H2) -Ο y(DO (please read the precautions on the reverse side and fill in this page again) Revision 4. Applicable to the standard country and the country A. Rule paper on paper 17 509694 kl B7 V. Description of the invention (32 r— (? H2) -〇 y

(CH2)y Ar一O 〇—r8 Ό—R8 (X)(CH2) y Ar-O 〇—r8 Ό—R8 (X)

Ar——O (CH2)y Qm (CH2)y Ar——〇 P—O〜X — Ό、 cr ί請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁,> (XI) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其中Ar、Q、R7、R8、X、m&y均如上文定義。父 係表示二價芳基-(CH2)厂(Q)m_(CH2)厂芳基,其中各y係個別 地具有〇或1之値;m具有〇或!之値,及Q爲办、戈 C(R3 )2’其中各R3爲相同或不同,且表示氫或甲基。上3文 定義之R8基團之各烷基,更佳可含有1至24個碳原子,及 上文式(EX)至(XI)中於上文定義之々、X、R7及R8基團之各 芳基’可含有6至18個竣原子,且該基團可爲相同或不同 ,而X之較佳次烷基可含有2至18個碳原子,及R7之較佳 次;基可含有5至18個碳原子。此外,上文諸式之二價八^ 基團與X之二價芳基,較佳爲次苯基,其中以(ch2 )y _ (Q)m(0¾)厂表示之橋接基團,係結合至該次苯基,其位置 對諸式之氧原子爲鄰位,並使次苯基連接至諸式之磷原子 最佳 、可 概張尺度適财晒 ,I...... . 1— ml · 五 、發明説明(33 ) Α7 Β7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 。任何取代基當存在於此種次苯基上時,較佳亦應結合在 相關於使特定經取代之次苯基結合至其磷原子之氧原子之 次苯基之對位及/或鄰位上。 當然,上文式(I)至(XI)之此種有機亞磷酸酯之任何Rl、 R、R6、R7、R8、w、x、Q及^基團,若需要,則可以 不會不適當且不利地影嚮本發明方法所要結果之含有i至 3〇個碳原子之任何適當取代基取代。可在該基團上之取代 基’當然是除了相應之烴基譬如烷基、芳基芳烷基、烷芳 基及環己基取代基以外者,可包括例如矽烷基,譬如_ Si(R10)3 ;胺基,譬如-N(R10)2 ;膦基,譬如_芳基-P(R10)2 ; 醯基,譬如_C(0)Ri〇,醯氧基,譬如_〇C(〇)Rio ;醯胺基,譬 如 _〇}]$1110)2與-n(r1())cor1() ·,磺醯基,譬如-S〇2R1〇,烷氧 基’譬如-OR10 ;亞續醢基,譬如-SOR10,次續酸基,譬如_ SR10,膦酸基,譬如_p(〇)(r1〇)2,以及自素、硝基、氰基、 三氟甲基、羥基等,其中各R10基團個別表示具有1至18個 碳原子之相同或不同單價烴基(例如烷基、芳基、芳烷基 、烷芳基及環己基),其附帶條件是在胺基取代基譬如_ N(R; G)2中,各rM—起採用亦可表示形成具有氮原子之雜 環基之二價橋接基團,及在醯胺基取代基譬如0)2 與-N(R1G)COR10中,結合至N之各R10亦可爲氫。當然,應 明瞭的是,構成特定有機亞轉酸酯之任何經取代或未經取 代之烴基,可爲相同或不同。 更明確言之,取代基説明例係包括一級、二級及三級烷 基,譬如甲基、乙基、正-丙基、異丙基、丁基、第二-丁 _ -36-__ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇Χ 297公釐) " {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 一裴· •訂_ 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作衽印製 509694 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明(34 ) 基、第三-丁基、新-戊基、正-己基、戊基、第二-戊基、 第三-戊基、異-辛基、癸棊、十八基及其類似基團;芳基 ,譬如苯基、蓁基及其類似物;芳烷基,譬如苄基、苯乙 基、三苯甲基及其類似物;烷芳基,譬如甲苯基、二甲苯 基及其類似物;脂環族基團,譬如環戊基、環己基、1-甲 基環己基、環辛基、環己基乙基及其類似物;烷氧基,譬 如甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、第三-丁氧基、-OCH2CH2OCH3、-0(CH2CH2)20CH3、_0(CH2CH2)30CH3 及其類 似物;芳氧基,譬如苯氧基及其類似物,;以及珍烧基, 譬如-Si(CH3)3、-Si(OCH3)3、-Si(C3H7)3及其類似物;胺基,譬 如 _NH2、-N(CH3)2、_NHCH3、_NH(C2H5)及其類似物;芳基膦 .基團,譬如_P(C6H5)2及其類似物;醯基,譬如-C(0)CH3、-c(o)c2h5、-c(o)c6h5及其類似物;羰氧基,譬如-c(o)och3 及其類似物;氧羰基,譬如-o(co)c6h5及其類似物;醯胺 基,譬如-CONH2、-CON(CH3)2、-nhc(o)ch3 及其類似物;磺 醯基,譬如-S(0)2C2H5及其類似物;亞磺醯基,譬如-S(0)CH3及其類似物;次磺酸基,譬如-SCH3、-SC2H5、-sc6h5 及其類似物;膦酸基,譬如-p(o)(c6h5)2、-p(o)(ch3)2 、-P(0)(C2H5)2、-P(0)(C3H7)2、j(0)(C4H9)2、-P(0)(C6H13)2、-P(0)CH3(C6H5)、-P(〇XH)(C6H5)及其類似物。 此種有機亞磷酸酯配位體之特定説明例,包括下述: 亞鱗:fe 2-弟二-丁基-4-甲乳苯基(3,31-二-第二-丁基-5,5f-二甲氧 基-1,Γ_聯苯基-2,二基)酯,其具有下式: 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、1Τ #. 509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(35 )Ar——O (CH2) y Qm (CH2) y Ar——〇P—O ~ X — Ό, cr ί Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page, > (XI) Staff of Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Consumption cooperatives print where Ar, Q, R7, R8, X, m & y are as defined above. The patriline represents a divalent aryl- (CH2) factory (Q) m_ (CH2) factory aryl group, where each y individually has a 値 of 0 or 1; m has 0 or! Where Q is Q, and C (R3) 2 'wherein each R3 is the same or different and represents hydrogen or methyl. Each alkyl group of the R8 group defined in the above 3, may preferably contain 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and the groups 々, X, R7 and R8 defined above in the formulae (EX) to (XI) above. Each aryl group 'may contain 6 to 18 complete atoms, and the groups may be the same or different, and a preferred alkylene group of X may contain 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and a preferred group of R7; Contains 5 to 18 carbon atoms. In addition, the divalent octyl group of the above formulae and the divalent aryl group of X are preferably phenylene groups, and the bridging group represented by the (ch2) y_ (Q) m (0¾) plant is Combined with the phenylene group, its position is ortho to the oxygen atoms of the formulas, and the phenylene group is best connected to the phosphorus atoms of the formulas, and the scale can be appropriately adjusted, I ... 1— ml · V. Description of the invention (33) Α7 Β7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. When any substituent is present on such a phenylene group, it should preferably also be bonded to the para and / or ortho position of the phenylene group which is related to the bonding of a particular substituted phenylene group to the oxygen atom of its phosphorus atom. on. Of course, any of the Rl, R, R6, R7, R8, w, x, Q and ^ groups of such organic phosphites of formulae (I) to (XI) above may not be inappropriate if necessary It also adversely affects any desired substituent substitution containing i to 30 carbon atoms which is the desired result of the method of the present invention. The substituents' that may be on this group are, of course, in addition to the corresponding hydrocarbon groups such as alkyl, arylaralkyl, alkaryl and cyclohexyl substituents, and may include, for example, silane groups such as Si (R10) 3 ; Amine group, such as -N (R10) 2; Phosphine group, such as _aryl-P (R10) 2; Amidino group, such as _C (0) Ri0, Amino group, such as _〇C (〇) Rio Fluorenylamino, such as _〇}] $ 1110) 2 and -n (r1 ()) cor1 () ·, sulfofluorenyl, such as -S〇2R1〇, alkoxy 'such as -OR10; For example, -SOR10, a secondary acid group, such as SR10, a phosphonic acid group, such as _p (〇) (r1〇) 2, and a prime, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, hydroxyl, etc., each of which is R10 Groups individually represent the same or different monovalent hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 18 carbon atoms (such as alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, and cyclohexyl), with the proviso that an amine substituent such as _ N ( In R; G) 2, each rM is used to represent a bivalent bridging group that can also form a heterocyclic group having a nitrogen atom, and in a sulfonylamino substituent such as 0) 2 and -N (R1G) COR10, Each R10 bonded to N may also be hydrogen. It should be understood, of course, that any substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbyl groups that make up a particular organic transester may be the same or different. More specifically, examples of substituents include primary, secondary, and tertiary alkyl groups, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, butyl, and second-butyl. -36 -__ Paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇 × 297 mm) " {Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page} One Pei • • Order _ Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Bureau of Standards, Staff Consumer Cooperation 衽Printed 509694 Α7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (34) group, third-butyl, neo-pentyl, n-hexyl, pentyl, second-pentyl, third-pentyl, iso-octyl, decyl Fluorene, octadecyl and similar groups; aryl groups such as phenyl, fluorenyl and the like; aralkyl groups such as benzyl, phenethyl, trityl and the like; alkylaryl groups, For example, tolyl, xylyl, and the like; cycloaliphatic groups, such as cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-methylcyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, cyclohexylethyl, and the like; alkoxy, For example, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, tertiary-butoxy, -OCH2CH2OCH3, -0 (CH2CH2) 20CH3, _0 (CH2CH2) 30CH3 and the like; aryloxy, such as Phenoxy and its analogs; and sintered groups such as -Si (CH3) 3, -Si (OCH3) 3, -Si (C3H7) 3 and their analogs; amine groups such as _NH2, -N ( CH3) 2, _NHCH3, _NH (C2H5) and their analogs; arylphosphine. Groups, such as _P (C6H5) 2 and their analogs; fluorenyl groups, such as -C (0) CH3, -c (o) c2h5, -c (o) c6h5 and their analogs; carbonyloxy, such as -c (o) och3 and its analogs; oxycarbonyl, such as -o (co) c6h5 and its analogs; amido, such as- CONH2, -CON (CH3) 2, -nhc (o) ch3 and their analogs; sulfofluorenyl, such as -S (0) 2C2H5 and its analogs; sulfinylfluorene, such as -S (0) CH3 and its Analogs; sulfinate groups, such as -SCH3, -SC2H5, -sc6h5 and their analogs; phosphonic acid groups, such as -p (o) (c6h5) 2, -p (o) (ch3) 2, -P ( 0) (C2H5) 2, -P (0) (C3H7) 2, j (0) (C4H9) 2, -P (0) (C6H13) 2, -P (0) CH3 (C6H5), -P (〇 XH) (C6H5) and its analogs. Specific examples of such organic phosphite ligands include the following: Phosphite: fe 2-di-di-butyl-4-methyllactyl (3,31-di-second-butyl-5 , 5f-dimethoxy-1, Γ_biphenyl-2, diyl) ester, which has the following formula: This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please first Read the notes on the back and fill out this page), 1Τ #. 509694 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (35)

配位體A 亞磷酸甲基(3,3,-二-第三-丁基-5,5,-二甲氧基-UL聯苯基-2,2’_二 基)酯,其具有下式: (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Ligand A methyl phosphite (3,3, -di-third-butyl-5,5, -dimethoxy-UL biphenyl-2,2'-diyl) ester, which has the following Formula: (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

配位體B 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 6,6,-[[4,4,-雙(1,1-二甲基乙基)-[1,1’_聯葚基]-2,2’-一基]雙(氧基)]雙-二苯幷[d,f][l,3,2]-二氧磷七圜,其具有下式:Ligand B Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs [6,6,-[[4,4, -bis (1,1-dimethylethyl)-[1,1'_linkedyl]- 2,2'-monoyl] bis (oxy)] bis-diphenylphosphonium [d, f] [l, 3,2] -dioxophosphate heptamidine, which has the formula:

509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(36 ) 6,6’_[[3,3·-雙(1,1-二甲基乙基)-5,5·-二甲氧基-[1,1’_聯苯基]-2,2·_ 基]雙(氧基)]雙-二苯并[明[1,3,2]二氧磷七圜,其具有下式: 〇ChU OCH〇509694 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (36) 6,6 '_ [[3,3 · -bis (1,1-dimethylethyl) -5,5 · -dimethoxy- [1,1' _Biphenyl] -2,2 · _yl] bis (oxy)] bis-dibenzo [ming [1,3,2] dioxophosphate heptamidine, which has the formula: 〇ChU OCH〇

配位體D 6,64[3,3,,5,5,-肆(151-二甲基丙基)-[1,1匕聯苯基]-2,2匕二基]雙(氧基)] 雙-二苯并[4£1[1,3,2]二氧磷七圜,其具有下式: 3、 CK CH, 丨3Ligand D 6,64 [3,3,, 5,5, -Di (151-dimethylpropyl)-[1,1 biphenyl] -2,2 didiyl] bis (oxy )] Bis-dibenzo [4 £ 1 [1,3,2] dioxophosphate heptamidine, which has the formula: 3, CK CH, 丨 3

(請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ;裝· 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製(Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page); Binding and ordering Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

配位體E 6,心[[3,3’,5,5,-肆(1,1-二甲基乙基聯苯基]Ά二基]雙(氧基)] 雙-二苯并[d,f][l,3,2]-二氧磷七圜,其具有下式: -39- 本、,我張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2i〇 X 297公釐) 509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(37 )Ligand E 6, heart [[3,3 ', 5,5,-[(1,1-dimethylethylbiphenyl] fluorenediyl] bis (oxy)] bis-dibenzo [ d, f] [l, 3,2] -dioxophosphonium heptamidine, which has the following formula: -39- This, our scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2iOX 297 mm) 509694 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (37)

配位體F 二亞磷酸(2R,4R)-二[二/”义^兄肆-第三-戊基^’-聯苯基)]'. 戊基酯,其具有下式: (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) CH% /CH(Ligand F diphosphite (2R, 4R) -di [di / "meaning ^ brother-third-pentyl ^ '-biphenyl)]'. Amyl ester, which has the formula: (please first Read the notes on the back and fill out this page) CH% / CH (

‘CH 丨3‘CH 丨 3

CHCH

CHCH

C(CH3)2C2H5C (CH3) 2C2H5

C2H5(CH3)2C C(CH3)2C2H5 C2H5(CH3)2C C2H5(C 1-^3)2^C2H5 (CH3) 2C C (CH3) 2C2H5 C2H5 (CH3) 2C C2H5 (C 1- ^ 3) 2 ^

C2H5(CH3)2C C(CH3)2C2H5 C(CH3)2C2H5 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製C2H5 (CH3) 2C C (CH3) 2C2H5 C (CH3) 2C2H5 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

配位體G 二亞磷酸(2R,4R)-二Ρ,2Η3,3’,5,5·_. •第三,丁基^匕聯苯基仆2,4- 戊基酯,其具有下式: -4ΓΚ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) CHa, CH,Ligand G diphosphite (2R, 4R) -di-P, 2Η3,3 ', 5,5 · _. • Third, butyl ^ biphenylphenyl 2,4-pentyl ester, which has the following Formula: -4ΓΚ This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) CHa, CH,

(CH3)3C(CH3) 3C

(CH3)3C(CH3) 3C

C(CH3)3 C(CH3)3 C(CH3)3 509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(38 ) ,CH〇 2. rC (CH3) 3 C (CH3) 3 C (CH3) 3 509694 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (38), CH〇 2. r

CH CH c(ch^3 ο O P(ch3)3 〇-P R-0 配位體H * 二亞磷酸(2R,4R)J [2,2,-(3,3,-二-戊基-5,5f-二甲氧基-U’-聯苯基 )]-2,4-戍基酯,其具有下式: (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)CH CH c (ch ^ 3 ο OP (ch3) 3 O-P R-0 ligand H * diphosphite (2R, 4R) J [2,2,-(3,3, -di-pentyl- 5,5f-dimethoxy-U'-biphenyl)]-2,4-fluorenyl ester, which has the following formula: (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

⑶气/CH2 /⑶3 •CH C(CH3)2C2H5 ㈣、r〇i Ρ|ό° C2H5(CH3)2p 〇 〇⑶ gas / CH2 / ⑶3 • CH C (CH3) 2C2H5 ㈣, r〇i Ρ °° C2H5 (CH3) 2p 〇 〇

och3 -C(CH3)2C2Hc ch3〇 C2H5(CH3)2C och3och3 -C (CH3) 2C2Hc ch3〇 C2H5 (CH3) 2C och3

配位體I 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 二亞磷酸(2R,4R)-二[2/-(3/-二-第三-丁基-5,5*-二甲基-1,1·-聯苯 基)]-2,4-戊基醋’其具有下式· CH、,/CH2 严Ligand I Diphosphite (2R, 4R) -di [2 /-(3 / -di-third-butyl-5,5 * -dimethyl-1] printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs , 1 · -biphenyl)]-2,4-pentyl vinegar 'which has the following formula

’··CH 、〇H‘·· CH, 〇H

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(39 )This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 509694 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (39)

配位體J 二亞磷酸(2R,4R)-二[2,2,-(3,3,-二-第三-丁基-5,5,-二乙氧基-1,1’_聯 苯基)]-2,4-戊基酯,其具有下式: ch3ch2o- X /CH^ ^cn CH 3 C(CH3)3 0 ? C(CH3)3 P「〇、 s\ och2ch3 \ CH3CH2〇 c(CH3)3 〇ch2ch3 配位體κ 二亞磷酸(2R,4R)-二[2,2,-(3,3,-二-第三-丁基-5,5f-二乙基-l,r-聯苯 基)]-2,4-戊基酯,其具有下式: ⑶' /CH2、严Ligand J diphosphite (2R, 4R) -bis [2,2,-(3,3, -bis-third-butyl-5,5, -diethoxy-1,1'-linked Phenyl)]-2,4-pentyl ester, which has the following formula: ch3ch2o- X / CH ^^ cn CH 3 C (CH3) 3 0? C (CH3) 3 P "〇, s \ och2ch3 \ CH3CH2〇 c (CH3) 3 〇ch2ch3 ligand κ diphosphite (2R, 4R) -di [2,2,-(3,3, -di-third-butyl-5,5f-diethyl-l , R-biphenyl)]-2,4-pentyl ester, which has the following formula: ⑶ '/ CH2, strict

CH '"CH (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)CH '" CH (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

C(CHb)3 O C(CF^3C (CHb) 3 O C (CF ^ 3

ch2ch3 ch2ch3 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製ch2ch3 ch2ch3 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs

配位體L 二亞磷酸(2R,4R)-二[2,2,-(3,3·-二-第三-丁基二甲氧基-l,r-聯 苯基)]-2,4-戊基S旨’其具有下式: 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ΑΊ Β7 五、發明説明(40 )Ligand L diphosphite (2R, 4R) -bis [2,2,-(3,3 · -bis-third-butyl-dimethoxy-l, r-biphenyl)]-2, 4-pentyl S purpose 'which has the following formula: This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ΑΊ Β7 V. Description of the invention (40)

⑶' /Ch2'严 •QH 、QH⑶ '/ Ch2' strict QH, QH

配位體Μ 6-[[2-[(4,6-雙(1,1-二甲基乙基)-1,3,2-苯幷二氧磷-2-基)氧基]_3,3,-雙(1,1-二甲基乙基)-5,5,-二甲氧基[1,Γ_聯苯基]-2_基]氧基]_4,8-雙 (1,1-一甲基乙基)-2,10-一甲氧基二苯弁[d,幻[I,3,2]二氧磷七圜, 其具有下式:Ligand M 6-[[2-[(4,6-bis (1,1-dimethylethyl) -1,3,2-phenylphosphonium dioxo-2-yl) oxy] _3, 3, -bis (1,1-dimethylethyl) -5,5, -dimethoxy [1, Γ_biphenyl] -2_yl] oxy] _4,8-bis (1, 1-monomethylethyl) -2,10-monomethoxydiphenylhydrazone [d, p- [I, 3,2] dioxophosphate heptamidine, which has the following formula:

(請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

、1T 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 配位體N 6-[[241,3,2-苯弁二氧磷_2_基)氧基]_3,3L雙(1,1_二甲基乙基)-5 5,_ 一甲氧基[l,r-聯苯基]-2·基]氧基]_4,8-雙(1,1-二甲基乙基)_2,1〇-二甲氧基二苯幷[d,fj[i,3,2]二氧磷七圜,其具有下式:, 1T Printed ligand N 6-[[241,3,2-phenylphosphonium dioxo_2_yl) oxy] _3,3L bis (1,1_dimethylformaldehyde) printed by the consumer cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Ethyl) -5 5, _ monomethoxy [l, r-biphenyl] -2 · yl] oxy] -4,8-bis (1,1-dimethylethyl) _2,1〇 -Dimethoxydiphenylhydrazone [d, fj [i, 3,2] dioxophosphate heptamidine, which has the formula:

--—----— _ - 43 - 本紙張尺舰财H 509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(41--------- _-43-The paper ruler H 509694 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (41

配位體〇 6-[[2f-[(5,5-二甲基-1,3,2-二氧磷烷-2-基)氧基]-3,3’-雙(1,1-二甲基 乙基)-5,5’-二甲氧基[1,1L聯苯基基]氧基]-4,8-雙(1,1-二甲基乙 基)-2,10-二甲氧基二苯并[4幻[1,3,2]二氧磷七圜,其具有下式 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製Ligand 06-[[2f-[(5,5-dimethyl-1,3,2-dioxophane-2-yl) oxy] -3,3'-bis (1,1- Dimethylethyl) -5,5'-dimethoxy [1,1L biphenylyl] oxy] -4,8-bis (1,1-dimethylethyl) -2,10- Dimethoxydibenzo [4magic [1,3,2] dioxophosphate heptafluorene, which has the following formula:

(請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 〇~*ch2、c,ch3(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 〇 ~ * ch2, c, ch3

配位體P 亞磷酸之2,-[[4,8-雙(1,1-二甲基乙基>2,10-二甲氧基二苯幷 [明[1,3,2]-二氧磷七圜各基]氧基]-3,3,-雙(1,1-二甲基乙基)-5,51-二 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 509694 ΑΊ Β7 五、發明説明(42 ) 甲氧基[1,Γ-聯苯基]-2-基雙(4-己基苯基)醋,其具有下式·· och3 〇ch3Ligand P Phosphorous acid 2,-[[4,8-bis (1,1-dimethylethyl > 2,10-dimethoxydiphenylhydrazone [Ming [1,3,2]- Dioxophosphate heptamyl groups] oxy] -3,3, -bis (1,1-dimethylethyl) -5,51-two paper sizes are applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297) (Centi) 509694 ΑΊ B7 V. Description of the Invention (42) Methoxy [1, Γ-biphenyl] -2-ylbis (4-hexylphenyl) vinegar, which has the following formula: och3 och3

c(ch3)3 〇^^(Ch2)5ch3 〇^^MCH2)5CH3 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)c (ch3) 3 〇 ^^ (Ch2) 5ch3 〇 ^^ MCH2) 5CH3 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

配位體Q 亞磷酸之2_[[2-[[4,8,-雙(1,1-二甲基乙基),2,10-二甲氧基二苯幷-[〇1,1][1,3,2]二氧赛七圜-6-基]氧基]_3-(1,1-二甲基乙基)-5-甲氧豕 基]曱基]-4-甲氧基,6-(1,1-二甲基乙基)苯基二苯基酯’其具有 下式: 〇ch3 och3 (〇h3)3c^^ 2"N^c(ch3)3 〇 〇Ligand Q 2 _ [[2-[[4,8, -bis (1,1-dimethylethyl), 2,10-dimethoxydiphenylhydrazone- [〇1,1] [1,3,2] Dioxetazone-6-yl] oxy] _3- (1,1-dimethylethyl) -5-methoxyfluorenyl] fluorenyl] -4-methoxy , 6- (1,1-dimethylethyl) phenyldiphenyl ester 'has the following formula: 〇ch3 och3 (〇h3) 3c ^^ 2 " N ^ c (ch3) 3 〇〇

C(CH3)3 / I P; ^C (CH3) 3 / I P; ^

配位體R 亞磷酸之3-甲氧基-1,3-環六亞甲基肆[3,6-雙(1,1-二甲基乙基)- -45- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2ί0X297公釐)Ligand R 3-Methoxy-1,3-cyclohexamethylene phosphite [3,6-bis (1,1-dimethylethyl)--45- This paper is for Chinese country Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2ί0X297 mm)

43 /[ 明説 明 發 、立 式 下 有 具 其 , ]il 基 萘 2-.43 / [Speaking clearly, with hair in vertical position,] il-based naphthalene 2-.

(CH3)C(CH3) C

P—〇P-〇

〇一 P〇One P

C(CH3) 配位體S 亞铸酸之2,5-雙(!,1-二甲基乙基)-M-次苯基肆[2,4_雙(1,1-二甲 基乙基)苯基]酯,其具有下式: C(CH3)3 — 0— p. -〇~O^C(CH3)3 _ c(ch3)3 C(CH3)3 2 _ c(ch3)3 . 2 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製C (CH3) ligand S 2,5-bis (!, 1-dimethylethyl) -M-phenylenesulfonic acid [2,4_bis (1,1-dimethylethyl) Group) phenyl] ester, which has the formula: C (CH3) 3- 0- p. -〇 ~ O ^ C (CH3) 3 _ c (ch3) 3 C (CH3) 3 2 _ c (ch3) 3 2 (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

配位體T 亞骑酸之亞甲基二次苯基肆[2,4-雙(u_二甲基乙基)苯基] 酯,其具有下式:Methylene secondary phenyl [2,4-bis (u_dimethylethyl) phenyl] ester of ligand T arsonic acid, which has the formula:

<>ch^<P (ch3)3ch^~〇_| 〇 〇 1 · P p— -〇—<P^c(ch3)3 • C(CH3)3 2 c(ch3)3< > ch ^ < P (ch3) 3ch ^ ~ 〇_ | 〇 〇 1 · P p— -〇— < P ^ c (ch3) 3 • C (CH3) 3 2 c (ch3) 3

配位體U 亞磷酸之[1,聯苯基R2,_二基肆甲基乙基)本甲氧苯 基]g旨,其具有下式: -46- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21 OX297公釐) ^09694Ligand U [1, biphenyl R2, _diylmethylmethyl) benzomethoxyphenyl] g purpose, which has the following formula: -46- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard ) A4 size (21 OX297 mm) ^ 09694

ch3o《^-〇— c(ch3)3ch3o 《^-〇— c (ch3) 3

OCHaJ C(CH3)3 · j2 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製 配位體V 如上述’可採用於本發明中之金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位 “ B觸媒,可藉此項技藝中已知之方法形成。此金屬-有 機亞蹲酸酯配位錯合觸媒可呈均相或非均相形式。例如, 可製備預先形成之鍺氫化-羰基-有機亞磷酸酯配位觸媒, 並知其引進特定方法之反應混合物中。此金屬-有機亞騎 酸醋配位錯合觸媒,更佳可衍生自鍺觸媒先質,可將此先 質引進反應媒質中,以當場形成活性觸媒。例如,可將鍺 觸媒先質,譬如二痠基乙醯基丙酮酸铑、(CCOi 2 、Rh6 (COh 6、Rh(N〇3 )3及其類似物,伴隨著供當場形成活 性觸媒之有機亞磷酸酯配位體,一起引進反應混合物中。 在本發明之一項較佳具體實施例中,係採用二羰基乙醯基 丙酮酸鍺作爲铑先質,並在溶劑存在下與有機亞磷酸酯配 位體反應,以形成催化性铑-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合物先 質,將其伴隨著供當場形成活性觸媒之過量(自由態)有機 亞鱗醋配位體’ 一起引進反應區帶中。無論如何,對本 發明之目的而言,一氧化碳、氫及有機亞磷酸酯化合物爲 所有能夠與金屬錯合之配位體,且活性金屬-有機亞嶙酸 酯配位觸媒係在使用於氫甲醯化反應之條件下存在於反應 混合物中,即已足夠。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公 五、發明説明(45 ) 更特定言之,可形成一種觸媒先質組合物,其基本上包 含可溶性金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合先質觸媒、有機溶 劑及自由態有冑亞磷酸酯配位體。此種先質組合物可經由 形成錯起始物質之溶液而製成,該鏠起始物質譬如鍺之氧 化物、氫化物、_匕物或鹽,例如硝酸鹽,其可以或可 以不與如本文中所定義之有機亞磷酸酯配位體呈錯合組合 。任何適當鍺起始物質均可採用,例如二羰基乙醯基丙= 酸鏠、Rh203、Rh4(CO)12、Rh6(c〇)i6、零〇3)3及有機亞鱗 酸酯配位體鍺羰基氫化物。羰基與有機亞磷酸酯配位體, 若尚未與最初鍺錯合,則可在此方法之前或在此程序期間 當場錯合至錄。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 茲説明之,本發明之較佳觸媒先質組合物基本上包含可 落性鍺羰基有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合先質觸媒,溶劑及视情 況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體,其係藉由形成二羰 基乙醯基丙酮酸鍺、有機溶劑及如本文中定義之有機亞磷 酸酯配位體之溶液而製成。有機亞磷酸酯配位體可容易地 在室溫下置換乙醯基丙酮酸鍺錯合物先質之其中一個羰基 配位體,以一氧化碳氣體之釋出作爲証據。若需要,則此 取代反應可經由將溶液加熱而促進。可採用任何可於其中 溶解二羰基乙醯基丙酮酸鍺錯合物先質與鍺有機亞磷酸酯 配位錯合物先質兩者之適當有機溶劑。鍺錯合觸媒先質、 有機溶劑及有機亞磷酸酯配位體之量,以及其存在於此種 觸媒先質組合物中之較佳具體實施例,顯然可相應於可採 用於本發明方法中之量。經驗顯示,此先質觸媒之乙醯基 -—--—— ~ 48 瞧OCHaJ C (CH3) 3 · j2 The ligand V printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Quasi-Economic Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, as described above, can be used in the present invention for the metal-organic phosphite coordination "B catalyst, It is formed by a method known in the art. The metal-organic hypochlorite coordination dislocation catalyst may be in a homogeneous or heterogeneous form. For example, a preformed germanium hydrogenation-carbonyl-organophosphite coordination contact may be prepared. It is also known that it is introduced into the reaction mixture of a specific method. The metal-organic acetic acid coordination catalyst is more preferably derived from a germanium catalyst precursor, which can be introduced into the reaction medium to Active catalysts are formed on the spot. For example, germanium catalyst precursors such as rhodium diacetate pyruvate, (CCOi 2, Rh 6 (COh 6, Rh (N0 3) 3, and the like) can be accompanied by Organic phosphite ligands for the formation of active catalysts on the spot are introduced into the reaction mixture together. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, germanium dicarbonylacetamidopyruvate is used as the rhodium precursor, and Reacts with organic phosphite ligands in the presence of a solvent to form a catalytic The rhodium-organophosphite complex complex precursor is introduced into the reaction zone along with excess (free-state) organic subscale vinegar ligands for active catalyst formation on the spot. In any case, for the present invention For the purpose, carbon monoxide, hydrogen, and organic phosphite compounds are all ligands that can be mismatched with metals, and the active metal-organophosphite coordination catalyst is used in the hydroformylation reaction. It is enough to exist in the reaction mixture. (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page.) The size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297). 5. Description of the invention (45) More specifically In other words, a catalyst precursor composition can be formed, which basically comprises a soluble metal-organic phosphite coordination complex precursor catalyst, an organic solvent, and a free-form fluorenyl phosphite ligand. This precursor The composition can be made by forming a solution of the wrong starting material, such as germanium oxide, hydride, zinc or salt, such as nitrate, which may or may not be as defined herein The organic phosphite ligands are in a mismatched combination. Any suitable germanium starting material can be used, such as dicarbonylacetamidopropane = rhenium acid, Rh203, Rh4 (CO) 12, Rh6 (c〇) i6, zero 〇3) 3 and organic phosphite ligand germanium carbonyl hydride. If the carbonyl and organic phosphite ligands have not been mismatched with the original germanium, they can be mismatched before or during this procedure. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. It is explained that the preferred catalyst precursor composition of the present invention basically comprises a collapsible germanium carbonyl organic phosphite complex precursor catalyst, a solvent And optionally a free-state organic phosphite ligand, which is made by forming a solution of germanium dicarbonylacetamidopyruvate, an organic solvent, and an organic phosphite ligand as defined herein. The organophosphite ligand can easily replace one of the carbonyl ligands of the precursor of the germanium acetopyruvate complex at room temperature, as evidenced by the release of carbon monoxide gas. If desired, this substitution reaction can be promoted by heating the solution. Any suitable organic solvent may be used in which both the precursor of the dicarbonylacetamidate pyruvate germanium complex and the germanium organic phosphite complex precursor are dissolved. The amounts of germanium complex catalyst precursors, organic solvents and organic phosphite ligands, as well as the preferred embodiments thereof present in such catalyst precursor compositions, obviously can be corresponding to the invention which can be adopted in the present invention. The amount in the method. Experience shows that the ethanoyl radical of this precursor catalyst --------- ~ 48

本紙張尺度適用A4^ (2i^^FT 509694 A7 --------—__ B7 五、發明説明(46 ) ^——η 丙酮酸鹽配位體,係在此方法,例如氫甲醯化作用,已開 始後,被不同配位體例如氫、一氧化碳或有機亞磷酸酯配 位體置換,以形成如上文所解釋之活性錯合物觸媒。在氫卜 甲酿化條件下不含先質觸媒之乙醯丙酮,係自具有產物 | 之反應媒質中移除,且因此絕不會不利於氫甲醯化方法。| 此種較佳鍺錯合觸媒先質組合物之使用,係提供一種簡易 | 、經濟及有效之方法,以處理鍺先質中之鍺及氫甲醯化作 | 用之起動。 壽 因此,於本發明方法中使用之金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位 ! 錯合觸媒,基本上包含與一氧化碳錯合,意即氫甲醯化作 用,及與有機亞磷酸酯配位體錯合之金屬,該配位體係以 螯合及/或未螯合方式結合(錯合)至金屬。再者,"基本 上包含π之用辭,於本文中使用時,並不排除,而是除了 一氧化碳與有機亞磷酸醋配位體以外,包括與金屬錯合之 氫。再者,此種用辭並不排除亦可能與金屬錯合之其他有 機配位體及/或陰離子之可能性。會不適當且不利地使觸 媒中毒或不適當地使觸媒失活之含量之物質,是不期望的 ’且因此最期望觸媒不含污染物,譬如金屬結合之鹵素( 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 例如氯及其類似物),惟其並非絕對必要。活性金屬-有機 亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之氬及/或羰基配位體可存在,此 係由於配位體結合至先質觸媒及/或由於當場形成所致, 例如由於氫與一氧化碳氣體採用於本發明之氫甲酸化方法 中0 如上述,有機亞璘酸酯配位體可以金屬-有機亞磷酸酯 -49- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(X297公釐) 509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(47 ) 配位錯合觸媒之配位體,以及可存在於本發明方法之反應 媒質中之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體兩種方式採用。此外 ’應明瞭的是,雖然金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之 有機亞磷酸酯配位體,及較佳存在於本發明特定方法中之 任何過量之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體,通常爲相同型式 之配位體,但不同型式之有機亞磷酸酯配位體,以及兩種 或多種不同有機亞轉酸醋配位體之混合物,若需要時,可 在任何特定方法中針對各種目的採用。 金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒存在於本發明特定方 法之反應媒質中之量,僅需要爲提供欲被採用之特定金屬 濃度所必須之最小量,且其將供給爲催化所要特定方法所 必須之至少催化量金屬之基礎。一般而言,以自由態金屬 计算’在每百萬份約1份至每百萬份約1〇 〇〇〇份範圍内之金 屬濃度,及在觸媒溶液中配位體對金屬莫耳比範圍從約j • 1或較低,至約200 ·· 1或較大,對大部份方法應已足夠 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 如上述,除了金屬_有機亞蹲酸酯配位錯合觸媒以外, 本發明之方法,且尤其是氫甲醯化方法,可於自由態有機 亞磷酸酯配位體存在下進行。雖然本發明之方法可以任何 過里之所要之自由悲有機亞嶙酸酯配位體進行,但自由態 有機亞磷酸酯配位體之採用,並非絕對必要。因此,一般 而,配位體之量爲每莫耳存在於反應媒質中之金屬(例 如鍺)約U莫耳或較低,至約1〇〇莫耳或若需要時較高,對 於大部份目的而言,特別是關於鍺催化之氫甲醯化作用, 度適财關家標準(CNS ) A4規格 50 - 509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(48) 應是適合的;該配位體用量係爲被結合(錯合)至所存在金 屬之配位體量與所存在自由態(未被錯合)配位體量兩者之 總和。當然,若需要,可在任何時間及以任何適當方式, 將補充配位體供應至此方法之反應媒質中,以在反應媒質 中保持預定含量之自由態配位體。 如上文所示,觸媒可在反應期間及/或在產物分離期間 呈非均相形式。此種觸媒在烯烴之氫甲醯化作用中是特別 有利的,以產生高沸點或熱敏性醛類,因此觸媒可在低溫 下藉過濾或傾析而與產物分離。例如,可使铑觸媒連接至 擔體,以致使觸媒在氫甲醯化作用及分離之兩階段期間保 持其固體形式,或可在高溫下溶於液態反應媒質中,然後 於冷卻時沉澱。 以下述作爲説明,可將鍺觸媒浸潰在任何固態擔體上, 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 譬如無機氧化物(意即氧化鋁、矽石、二氧化鈦或氧化錶) ,碳或離子交換樹脂。可使觸媒受承載於或被夹置於沸石 、玻璃或黏土之孔隙内部;亦可將觸媒溶解於塗覆該滞石 或玻璃孔隙之液膜中。此種以沸石作爲擔體之觸媒,對於 以高選擇性產生一或多種區域異構性醛類特別有利,其係 以沸石之孔隙大小測定。關於使觸媒承載於固體上之技術 ,譬如初始潤濕,係爲熟諳此藝者所已知。如此形成之固 態觸媒仍然可與上文所定義之一或多種配位體錯合。此種 固態觸媒之説明,可參閲例如·· J· Mol· Cat 1"1,7〇, 363·368 ; Catal. Lett. 1991,8, 209-214 ; J. Organomet. Chem,1991,403, 221-227 ; Nature,1989, 339, 454-455 ; J. Catal· 1985, 96, 563-573 ; J. Mol. Cat. 1987, -51 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X2^^ 509694 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7五、發明説明(49 ) 39, 243-259 〇 可使金屬(例如鍺)觸媒連接至薄膜或薄膜擔體,譬如醋 酸纖維素或聚苯颯,如在J. Mol. Cat 1990, 63, 213-221中所述者 〇 金屬(例如铑)觸媒可經過含有機磷之配位體,譬如被摻 入聚合物中之亞磷酸酯,連接至不溶性聚合物擔體。經承 載之觸媒,並不受聚合物或被摻入其中之含磷物種之選擇 所限制。聚合物承載之觸媒之説明,可參閲例如: J. Mol. Cat. 1993, 83? 17-35 ; Chemtech 1983, 46 ; J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1987, 109, 7122-7127 〇 在上述非均相觸媒中,觸媒可在整個方法及觸媒分離方 法期間,保持其非均相形式。於本發明之另一項具體實施 例中,可使觸媒承載於聚合物上,該聚合物由於其分子量 之性質,可在高溫下溶於反應媒質中,但在冷卻時沈澱, 因此有助於觸媒與反應混合物分離。此種”可溶性”聚合物 承載之觸媒,係描述於例如! Polymer,1992, 33, 161 ; J. Org. Chem· 1989, 54, 2726-2730。 氫甲醯化反應更佳係在漿液相中進行,此係由於產物之 高沸點及爲避免醛產物之分解。然後,可將觸媒與產物混 合物分離,例如藉過濾或傾析。反應產物流體可含有非均 相金屬-有機亞轉酸酯配位錯合觸媒’例如漿液’或至少 一部份反應產物流體可在特定方法期間,與固定之非均相 金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒接觸。在本發明之一項 具體實施例中,可將金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒在 -52- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先M讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) # >項再填- 裝-This paper size is applicable to A4 ^ (2i ^^ FT 509694 A7 --------—__ B7 V. Description of the invention (46) ^ —— η Pyruvate ligand, which is based on this method, for example, methyl hydrogen The tritiation, after it has begun, is replaced by a different ligand such as hydrogen, carbon monoxide or an organic phosphite ligand to form an active complex catalyst as explained above. It does not react under hydrogenation conditions. Acetylacetone containing the precursor catalyst is removed from the reaction medium with the product | and therefore will never be detrimental to the hydroformylation process. | This preferred germanium complex catalyst precursor composition Use is to provide a simple, economical and effective method to deal with the formation of germanium and hydromethane in the precursors of germanium. Startup. Therefore, the metal-organic phosphite compound used in the method of the present invention Position! The mismatch catalyst basically contains a metal that is mismatched with carbon monoxide, which means hydroformylation, and a metal mismatched with an organophosphite ligand. The coordination system is chelated and / or unchelated. Way to combine (mismatch) to metal. Furthermore, " basically contains the term π, which is used in this article At this time, it does not exclude, but in addition to carbon monoxide and organic phosphite vinegar ligands, including hydrogens that are mismatched with metals. Furthermore, this term does not exclude other organic ligands that may also be mismatched with metals. And / or the possibility of anions. Substances that would inappropriately and adversely poison the catalyst or improperly inactivate the catalyst are undesirable 'and therefore the catalyst is most desirably free of contaminants such as metals Combined halogen (printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, such as chlorine and the like), but it is not absolutely necessary. The active metal-organic phosphite coordination catalyst argon and / or carbonyl ligand can be Existence, this is due to the ligand binding to the precursor catalyst and / or due to the formation on the spot, for example, because hydrogen and carbon monoxide gas are used in the hydroformylation method of the present invention. The body can be metal-organic phosphite-49- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (X297 mm) 509694 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (47) The ligand of the mismatched catalyst, and The free-state organic phosphite ligand present in the reaction medium of the method of the present invention is used in two ways. In addition, it should be understood that although the metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst is compatible with the organic phosphite ligand Ligands, and any excess free-state organic phosphite ligands that are preferably present in a particular method of the invention, are usually the same type of ligand, but different types of organic phosphite ligands, and two Mixtures of one or more different organic sulfite ligands can be used for any purpose in any particular method if required. Metal-organophosphite complexation catalysts exist in the reactions of the specific methods of the present invention The amount in the medium need only be the minimum amount necessary to provide the concentration of the specific metal to be used, and it will be supplied as the basis for at least the catalytic amount of metal necessary to catalyze the specific method desired. In general, the metal concentration in the range of about 1 part per million to about 10,000 parts per million is calculated as the free state metal, and the ligand to metal mole ratio in the catalyst solution The range is from about j • 1 or lower to about 200 · · 1 or larger. For most methods, it should be enough for the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economics. In addition to dislocation catalysts, the method of the present invention, and particularly the hydroformylation method, can be performed in the presence of a free-state organic phosphite ligand. Although the method of the present invention can be carried out with any desired free-form organic phosphite ligands, the use of free-form organic phosphite ligands is not absolutely necessary. Therefore, in general, the amount of ligand is about U Moore or lower per mole of metal (eg germanium) present in the reaction medium, to about 100 Moore or higher if needed, for most For the purpose, especially with regard to germanium-catalyzed hydroformylation, the degree of appropriateness of household financial standards (CNS) A4 50-509694 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (48) should be suitable; the amount of the ligand It is the sum of the amount of ligands bound (mismatched) to the metal present and the amount of ligands present in the free state (not mismatched). Of course, if necessary, supplementary ligands can be supplied to the reaction medium of this method at any time and in any suitable manner to maintain a predetermined amount of free-state ligands in the reaction medium. As indicated above, the catalyst may be in a heterogeneous form during the reaction and / or during product separation. This catalyst is particularly advantageous in the hydroformylation of olefins to produce high boiling points or heat-sensitive aldehydes, so the catalyst can be separated from the product by filtration or decantation at low temperatures. For example, the rhodium catalyst can be attached to a support so that the catalyst remains in its solid form during the two stages of hydroformylation and separation, or it can be dissolved in a liquid reaction medium at high temperatures and then precipitate upon cooling . The following is used as an illustration, the germanium catalyst can be impregnated on any solid support, printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), such as inorganic oxides (meaning Alumina, silica, titania or oxide), carbon or ion exchange resin. The catalyst can be supported or sandwiched in the pores of zeolite, glass or clay; the catalyst can also be dissolved in the liquid film coated with the stagnant stone or glass pores. Such a catalyst using zeolite as a support is particularly advantageous for producing one or more regioisomeric aldehydes with high selectivity, which is determined by the pore size of the zeolite. Techniques for carrying the catalyst on a solid, such as initial wetting, are known to those skilled in the art. The solid catalyst thus formed may still be mismatched with one or more of the ligands defined above. For a description of such solid catalysts, refer to, for example, J. Mol · Cat 1 " 1, 70, 363, 368; Catal. Lett. 1991, 8, 209-214; J. Organomet. Chem, 1991, 403, 221-227; Nature, 1989, 339, 454-455; J. Catal · 1985, 96, 563-573; J. Mol. Cat. 1987, -51-This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210X2 ^^ 509694 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Invention Description (49) 39, 243-259 Cellulose or polyphenylene, as described in J. Mol. Cat 1990, 63, 213-221. Metal (eg, rhodium) catalysts can pass through organic phosphorus-containing ligands, such as being incorporated into polymers The phosphite is connected to an insoluble polymer support. The supported catalyst is not limited by the choice of polymer or phosphorus-containing species incorporated in it. For a description of the catalyst supported by the polymer, see For example: J. Mol. Cat. 1993, 83? 17-35; Chemtech 1983, 46; J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1987, 109, 7122-7127 〇 In the heterogeneous catalyst mentioned above In the catalyst, the catalyst can maintain its heterogeneous form during the entire method and the catalyst separation method. In another specific embodiment of the present invention, the catalyst can be supported on a polymer, which due to its molecular weight It can dissolve in the reaction medium at high temperature, but precipitate on cooling, so it helps to separate the catalyst from the reaction mixture. Such "soluble" polymer-supported catalysts are described in, for example, Polymer! 1992 , 33, 161; J. Org. Chem. 1989, 54, 2726-2730. The hydroformylation reaction is more preferably carried out in a slurry phase due to the high boiling point of the product and to avoid decomposition of the aldehyde product. Then The catalyst can be separated from the product mixture, for example by filtration or decantation. The reaction product fluid can contain heterogeneous metal-organotransferate coordination catalysts such as a slurry or at least a portion of the reaction product fluid It may be contacted with a fixed heterogeneous metal-organic phosphite coordination dislocation catalyst during a specific method. In a specific embodiment of the present invention, a metal-organic phosphite coordination dislocation contact may be contacted. Medium in -52- paper ruler Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) # >

、1T 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 五、發明説明(50) 反應產物流體中配成漿液。 可採用於本發明方法中之可容許反應條件,當然係依所 要之特足合成加以選擇。此種製程條件係爲此項技藝中所 習知。所有本發明之方法,均可根據此項技藝中已知之習 用程序進行。關於進行本發明方法之反應條件之說明例, 係描述於例如化學技術百科全書,第四版,中 ,其相關部份係併於本文供參考。依特定方法而定,操作 溫度範圍可從約_80。(:或較低,至約6〇〇τ或較高,而操作壓 力範圍可從約1 psig或較低,至約1〇 〇〇〇 psig或較高。 本發明 < 方法係進行一段足以產生所要產物之時間。所 採用之確實反應時間,係部份依譬如溫度、壓力、起始物 貝之〖生貝與比例等因素而定。反應時間範園通常爲約半小 時至約200小時或更多,且較佳係低於約一小時至約1〇小 時0 本發明之方法,且較佳爲氫甲醢化方法,可在供金屬_ 有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒用之有機溶劑存在下進行。此 溶劑亦可含有達到飽和極限之經溶解水。依所採用之特定 觸媒與反應物而定,適當有機溶劑包括例如醇類、烷類、 烯類、炔類、醚類、醛類、酮類、酯類、醯胺類、胺類、 芳族烴類及其類似物。不會不適當且不利地干擾所意欲方 法之任何適當溶劑,均可採用,且此種溶劑可包括迄今常 用於已知金屬催化之方法中者。增加溶劑之介電常數或極 性’通常會有有利於增加反應速率之傾向。當然,若需要 可採用一或多種不同溶劑之混合物。顯而易見的是,溶劑 -53 匕紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS )八4規格(210X297公釐) ‘ -- (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 Φ 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作衽印製 509694 A7 *--—.一 —__Β7 五、發明説明(51 ) . 士本^明並不重要,五僅需要足以使反應媒質具有 對料定方法所要之特定金屬濃度之量。-般而言,當ί 二劑時,其里可涵盍從約5重量%至高達约卯重量%或 夕之範圍’以反應混合物起始物質之總重量爲基準。 本發明之方法可用以製備經取代與未經取代之光學活性 Μ非光學活性化合物。藉本發明方法所製成化合物之説明 例,包括例如經取代與未經取代之醇類或酚類·胺類;酉裔 胺類;醚類或環氧化物;酯類;酮類;醛類;及腈類。^ 藉本發明方法製備之適當光學活性與非光學活性化合物( 包括如上文所述之起始物質化合物)之説明例,包括在幻永_ Othmer化學技術百科全書,第四版,19%中所述之可容許化合 物,其相關部份係併於本文供參考,及Merck索引,化學品 、藥物及生物製劑百科全書,第十一版,1989中所述之可容 許化合物,其相關部份係併於本文供參考。 i 本發明之所要產物,可以任何習用方式回收,並可在任 何特足方法中採用一或多個分離器或分離區帶,以自其粗 製反應產物流體中回收所要之反應產物。適當分離方法包 括例如溶劑提取、結晶化作用、蒸餾、汽化、擦拭薄膜蒸 發、落膜蒸發等。一般可能想要在粗製反應混合物形成時 ,經由使用如在已公告之專利合作條約專利申請案 WO 88/08835中所述之捕獲劑,自其中移除產物。自粗製反 應混合物之其他成份中分離出產物混合物之一種較佳方法 ’係藉薄膜分離。此種薄膜分離可按美國專利5,43〇,194, 及1995年5月5曰提出申請之共待審美國專利申請案序號 - 54 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS〉A4規格(210X297公釐)一 ~ --------- I * ------、1Τ------0 (讀先.Μ讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 509694 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(52 08/430J90中所詳述關於上文之内容而達成。 本發明之方法可使用例如固定床反應器、流體化床反應 器、連續攪拌槽反應器(CSTR)或漿液反應器進行。觸媒之 最適宜大小與形狀,係依所使用之反應器類型而定。通常 對流體床反應器而言,小的球形觸媒粒子係爲較佳的,因 易於流體化。使用固定床反應器,則較大觸媒粒子係爲較 佳的,因此在反應器内之反壓係被保持合理地低。在本發 明中所採用之至少一個反應區帶,可爲單一容器或可包含 兩個或多個不連續容器。在本發明中所採用之至少一個分 離區帶,可爲單一容器或可包含兩個或多個不連續容器。 在本發明中所採用之至少一個洗氣區帶,可爲單一容器或 可包含兩個或多個不連續容器。應明瞭的是,於本文;採 用之反應區帶與分離區帶,可存在於相同容器或不同容器 中。例如,反應性分離技術,譬如反應性蒸餘、反應性薄 膜分離等,可在反應區帶中發生。 本發明之方法可以批次或連續方式進行,其中若需要則 使未被消耗之起始物質再循環。此反應可在單一反應區帶 中或在多個反應區帶中,串聯或並聯進行,或可以分批方 式或連續方式在細長管狀區帶或一系列此種區帶中進行。 所採用之建構材料,應於反應期間對起始物質呈惰性,且 此設備之製造應能夠抵抗反應溫度與壓力。在反應過程中 败:分批方式或連續方式,引進及/或調整被引進反應區 齋中(起始物質或成份量之裝置,可合宜地使用在此方法 中,尤其是保持所要之起始物質莫耳比。反應步驟可藉由 私錄尺度適财 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China. 509694 V. Description of the invention (50) The reaction product is formulated into a slurry. The allowable reaction conditions which can be used in the method of the present invention are, of course, selected according to the desired specific synthesis. Such process conditions are known in the art. All methods of the present invention can be performed according to conventional procedures known in the art. Illustrative examples of reaction conditions for carrying out the method of the present invention are described in, for example, the Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Fourth Edition, Chinese. The relevant parts are incorporated herein by reference. Depending on the particular method, the operating temperature range can be from about _80. (: Or lower, to about 600 τ or higher, and operating pressure can range from about 1 psig or lower, to about 10,000 psig or higher. The present invention < The time required to produce the desired product. The exact reaction time used depends in part on factors such as temperature, pressure, raw shellfish and ratio, etc. The reaction time is usually about half an hour to about 200 hours or More, and preferably less than about one hour to about 10 hours. The method of the present invention, and preferably the hydroformylation method, can be used for metal-organic phosphite coordination catalysts. It is carried out in the presence of an organic solvent. This solvent may also contain dissolved water reaching the saturation limit. Depending on the particular catalyst and reactants used, suitable organic solvents include, for example, alcohols, alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, ethers Compounds, aldehydes, ketones, esters, amines, amines, aromatic hydrocarbons, and the like. Any suitable solvent that does not unduly and adversely interfere with the intended method can be used, and such Solvents can include methods hitherto commonly used for known metal catalysis Among them. Increasing the dielectric constant or polarity of the solvent usually has a tendency to increase the reaction rate. Of course, if necessary, a mixture of one or more different solvents can be used. Obviously, the solvent-53 paper scale is applicable to China Standard (CNS) 8 4 specifications (210X297 mm) '-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Order Φ Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs for consumer cooperation 509694 A7 * ----.一 —__ Β7 V. Description of the invention (51). Shiben ^ Ming is not important. Five is only necessary to make the reaction medium have a specific metal concentration required for the method of setting.-Generally speaking, when two agents, The range from about 5% by weight to up to about 5% by weight is based on the total weight of the starting material of the reaction mixture. The method of the present invention can be used to prepare substituted and unsubstituted optically active Optically active compounds. Illustrative examples of compounds made by the method of the present invention include, for example, substituted and unsubstituted alcohols or phenols · amines; haloamines; ethers or epoxides; esters; ketones class ; Aldehydes; and nitriles. ^ Illustrative examples of suitable optically active and non-optically active compounds (including the starting material compounds as described above) prepared by the method of the present invention, including in Wonder _ Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Fourth edition, permissible compounds described in 19%, relevant parts of which are incorporated herein by reference, and Merck Index, Encyclopedia of Chemicals, Drugs, and Biologicals, Eleventh Edition, 1989 Permissible compounds, the relevant parts of which are incorporated herein by reference. I The desired product of the present invention can be recovered in any conventional manner, and one or more separators or separation zones can be used in any specific method to extract from it. The desired reaction product is recovered from the crude reaction product fluid. Suitable separation methods include, for example, solvent extraction, crystallization, distillation, vaporization, wiping film evaporation, falling film evaporation, and the like. It may generally be desirable to remove the product from the crude reaction mixture as it is formed using a capture agent as described in the published Patent Cooperation Treaty Patent Application WO 88/08835. A preferred method of separating the product mixture from the other components of the crude reaction mixture is by membrane separation. This type of membrane separation can be based on US Patent Nos. 5,43,194, and co-pending US patent applications filed on May 5, 1995.-54-This paper size is applicable to Chinese national standards (CNS> A4 specification (210X297) Mm) One ~ --------- I * ------, 1T ------ 0 (read first. Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 509694 A7 B7 Economy Printed by the Ministry of Standards and Staff ’s Consumer Cooperatives. 5. The description of the invention (52 08 / 430J90 detailed above is achieved. The method of the present invention can use, for example, fixed bed reactors, fluidized bed reactors, continuous stirring. Tank reactor (CSTR) or slurry reactor. The optimal size and shape of the catalyst depends on the type of reactor used. Generally, for fluid bed reactors, small spherical catalyst particles are more suitable. Good, because it is easy to fluidize. With fixed bed reactors, larger catalyst particle systems are preferred, so the back pressure system in the reactor is kept reasonably low. At least one of the employed in the present invention Reaction zone, which can be a single container or can contain two or more discrete containers The at least one separation zone used in the present invention may be a single container or may include two or more discontinuous containers. The at least one scrubbing zone used in the present invention may be a single container or may include Two or more discontinuous vessels. It should be noted that the reaction zone and separation zone used in this article may exist in the same container or in different containers. For example, reactive separation techniques such as reactive distillation, Reactive membrane separation, etc., can occur in the reaction zone. The method of the present invention can be carried out in a batch or continuous manner, wherein the unconsumed starting material is recycled if necessary. This reaction can be performed in a single reaction zone Either in multiple reaction zones, in series or in parallel, or in a batch or continuous manner in an elongated tubular zone or a series of such zones. The construction materials used should be The substance is inert, and the equipment should be able to resist the reaction temperature and pressure. Failure during the reaction: batch mode or continuous mode, introduction and / or adjustment are introduced into the reaction zone. The starting material or the device of the component amount can be suitably used in this method, especially to maintain the required molar ratio of the starting material. The reaction steps can be adapted by private recording scales (please read the notes on the back before filling in (This page)

、1T • —---二1_…二_- 川9694 A7 B7 五 、發明説明(53 ) 増量添加其中一種起始物質至另一種之中而達成。亦可藉 由同時添加起始物質,使反應步驟合併。當不想要完全轉 化或無法獲得時,可使起始物質與產物分離,例如藉由蒸 餾,然後使起始物質再循環回復至反應區帶中。 、此万法可在玻璃内襯之不銹鋼或類似型式之反應設備中 進行。反應區帶可裝有一或多個内部及/或外部熱交換器 ,以控制不當溫度波動,或防止任何可能之”失控"反應溫 度。 本發明I方法可以一或多個步驟或階段進行。反應步驟 或階段4確實數目,係由資本與達成高觸媒選擇性、活性 、哥命及可實施之簡易性間之最良好折衷,以及討論中之 起始物貝之本i反應性,及起始物質與所要反應產物對反 應條件之安定性所支配。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 在一項具體實施例中,可用於本發明之氫甲醯化方法, 可在多階段反應器中進行,譬如在與本案同一日期提出申 請之共待審美國專利申請案序號(D_17425_1}中所述者,其揭 不内客係併於本文供參考。此種多階段反應器可經設計而 具有内部物理障壁,其係在每一個容器中建立一個以上之 理論反應階段。事實上,其就像在單一連續攪拌槽反應容 器内部具有多個反應器一樣。在單一容器内之多重反應階 段,係爲利用反應容器體積之成本有效方式。其會顯著地 降低以其他方式達成相同結果所需要之容器數目。較少容 泰會降低所需要之整體資本及關於個別容器與檀摔器之維 修〇 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 泰紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210χ297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 A7 -- -- B7 五、發明説明(私) 复I醯化方t 可用於本發明之一種較佳方法,係爲氫甲醯化作用。可 能歷經有機亞磷酸酯配位體之此種水解性降解及觸媒失活 之金屬_有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合物催化之氫甲醯化方法之 説明例,包括例如在美國專利4,148,830 ; 4,593,127 ; 4,769,498 ;V17J75 ; 4,774,361 ; 4,885,401 ; 5,264,616 ; 5,288,918 ; 5,360,938 ; 5,364,950 ;及5,491,266中所述之方法,其揭示内容 係併於本文供參考。因此,本發明之氫甲醯化處理技術, 可相應於任何已知處理技術。較佳方法係爲涉及觸媒液體 再循環氫甲醯化方法。 一般而言,此種觸媒液體再循環氫甲酸化方法,係涉及 酸類之製造,其方式是使烯烴不飽和化合物與一氧化碳及 氫,於金屬·有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒存在下,在亦含 有供觸媒與配位體用之有機溶劑之液體媒質中反應。自由 態有機亞磷酸酯配位體較佳亦存在於該液體氫甲醯化反應 媒質中。再循環程序一般係涉及連續地或間歇地從氫甲酸 化反應器(意即反應區帶)中,取出一部份含有觸媒與醛產 物之液悲反應媒質’並利用複合薄膜自其回收酸產物,該 複合薄膜譬如在美國專利5,430,194及在1995年5月5日提出 申請之共待審美國專利申請案序號〇8/43〇,79〇中所揭示者, 其揭示内容係併於本文供參考,或藉由較習用且較佳之方 法,在一或多個階段中,按適當方式於常壓、減壓或高壓 下’在個別蒸餾區帶中,將其蒸餾(意即,汽化分離),含 有殘留物之未揮發金屬觸媒,則再循環至反應區帶,如在 I紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規^ 7^*1---- ------Γ--.0^-- (讀先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 509694 五 、發明説明( A7 B7 55 請 先 閲 讀 背 面 之 注 意 事 項 再 美國專利5,288,918中所揭示者。被揮發物質之凝結,及其 、離舁進步回收,例如藉由進一步蒸餾,可以任何習用 万式進行,若f要,可使粗製酸產物前進,以供進一步純 及/、構物刀離,並可將任何已回收之反應物,例如烯烴 起始物質,與合成氣,以任何所要之方式再循環至氫甲酸 化作用區帶(反應器)。可將含有此種薄膜分離之萃剩液之 所回收金屬觸媒’或含有此種汽化分離之殘留物之所回收 未揮發金屬觸媒,以所要之任何習用方式再循環至氫甲醯 化作用區帶(反應器)。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 在一較佳具體實施例中,可採用於本文中之氫甲醯化反 應產物流體,係包含衍生自任何相應氫甲醯化方法之任何 流體,其含有i少若干量之四種不同主要成份或組份,意 即醛產物、金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒、自由態有 機亞磷酸酯配位體及供該觸媒與該自由態配位體用之^機 促溶劑,該成份係相應於被氫甲醯化方法所採用及/或所 製成者,氫甲醯化反應混合物起始物質可自其衍生出。應 明瞭的是,可採用於本文中之氫甲醯化反應混合組合物, 可以且通常係含有較少量其他成份,譬如已故意採用在氫 甲醯化方法中或在該方法期間當場形成者。此種亦可存在 之成份,其實例包括未反應之烯烴起始物質、一氧化碳及 氫氣,以及當場形成之產物型式,譬如相應於烯烴起始物 質之飽和烴類及/或未反應之異構化烯烴,及高滞點液態 醛縮合副產物,以及其他惰性共溶劑類型之物質或烴添加 劑,若使用時。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CMS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 509694 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(56 ) ^—" 可採用於本發明氫甲醯化方法(及其他適當方法)中之經 取代或未經取代之烯烴反應物,包括光學活性(前對掌性 與對掌性)與非光學活性(非對掌性)缔烴不飽和化合物, 其含有2至40個,較隹爲4至20個碳原子。此種晞烴不飽和 化合物可爲末端或内部不飽和,且爲直鏈、分枝鍵或環狀 結構,以及烯烴混合物,譬如得自丙晞、丁晞、異丁缔等 之寡聚合作用(譬如,所謂二聚合、三聚合或四聚合丙缔 等,如在美國專利4,518,809與4,528,403中所揭示者)。再者, 此種晞烴化合物可進一步含有一或多個乙烯性不飽和基團 ’且若需要當然可採用兩種或多種不同晞烴不飽和化合物 之混合物,作爲起始物質。例如,含有四個或更多個碳原 子之市售α烯烴,可含有較少量相應内部烯烴及/或其相 應飽和烴,且此種市售烯烴不必在反應之前進行純化。可 採用於氫甲醯化反應中之烯烴起始物質之混合物,其説明 例包括例如混合丁烯,例如萃剩液I與Π。再者,此種缔烴 不飽和化合物及自其衍生之相應產物,亦可含有不會不適 當且不利地影嚮本發明方法之一或多個基團或取代基,嬖 如在美國專利3,527,809、4,769,498等之中所述者。 本發明最佳尤其可用以使含有2至30個,較佳爲4至20個 碳原子之非對掌性α -烯烴,及含有4至20個碳原子之非對 掌性内部烯烴,以及此種α烯烴與内部烯烴之起始物質混 合物’精氯甲S蠢化製造非光學活性酸類。π與内部烯烴之 説明例,包括例如乙烯、丙晞、1- 丁烯、1-戊晞、L己缔 、1-辛歸、1-壬婦、1-癸錦Γ、1-十一烯r、1_十二烯·、1-十三 ______-.fSQ- _ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNsTa4規格(210X297:公釐)~~ ~~-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、tr 509694 A7 五、發明説明( 57 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 婦、μ十四烯、1-十五烯、1-十六烯、μ十七晞、1-十八 婦、1-十九烯、μ二十烯、2_ 丁烯、2_甲基丙烯(異丁烯) 、厶甲基丁烯、2-戊烯、2-己烯、3-己婦、2-庚烯、2-辛烯 、裱己烯、丙晞二聚體、丙晞三聚體、丙烯四聚體、丁二 烯、戊間二烯、異戊二晞、2-乙基小己烯、苯乙烯、4-甲 基苯乙烯、冬異丙基苯乙烯、4-第三-丁基苯乙晞、π -甲 基苯乙烯、咎第三-丁基-α -甲基苯乙烯、1,3-二異丙烯·基 苯、3-苯基_1_丙烯、1,‘己二烯、1,7_辛二烯、3_環己基小 丁晞’及其類似物,以及1,3-二烯類、丁二烯,烯酸烷基 醋類例如戊烯酸甲酯,烷酸烯基酯類,烯基烷基醚類,烯 醇類例如戊晞醇,晞醛類例如戊烯醛,及其類似物,譬如 烯丙醇、丁酸晞丙酯、己小烯斗醇、辛+烯冰醇、醋酸乙 烯酯、醋酸烯丙基酯、醋酸3- 丁烯酯、丙酸乙晞酯、丙酸 烯丙基酯、甲基丙烯酸甲酯、乙烯基乙基醚、乙缔基甲基 醚、烯丙基乙基醚、正-丙基-7-辛烯酸酯、3_ 丁婦赌、5_ 己烯醯胺、丁香酚、異丁香酚、黃樟素、異黃樟素、大茴 香腦、4_烯丙基甲苯醚、茚、擰檬油精、狼缔、-環戊 二烯、環辛二晞、崁烯、沈香醇及其類似物。 、 可用以製造對掌異構物產物混合物,而可涵I在本發明 中之可使用於不對稱氫甲醯化方法(及其他不對、 T稱方法)中 之前對掌性與對掌性烯烴之説明例,包括以下4 士 卜式表示者: R1 R3 \ /3 c=c Ώ / \ 1¾ R4 (XII) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) k裝· 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21 OX297公釐) 509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(58) 其中、R2、及R4爲相同或不同(其條件是Ri不同於R2 ’ 或r3不同於r4),且係選自氫;烷基;經取代之烷基,該 取代係選自二烷胺基,譬如苄胺基與二苄胺基,烷氧基譬 如甲氧基與乙氧基,醯氧基譬如乙醯氧基,卣基、硝基、 腈、硫基、羰基、羧醯胺、羧醛、羧基、羧酸酯;芳基, 包括苯基;經取代之芳基,包括苯基,該取代係選自烷基 ,胺基,包括烷胺基與二烷胺基,譬如苄胺基與二苄胺基 ’#呈基,烷氧基譬如甲氧基與乙氧基,醯氧基譬如乙醯氧 基,_基、腈、硝基、羧基、羧醛、羧酸酯、羰基及硫基 ;酿氧基,譬如乙醯氧基;烷氧基,譬如甲氧基與乙氧基 ;胺基,包括烷胺基與二烷胺基,譬如苄胺基與二苄胺基 ;醯基胺基與二醯基胺基,譬如乙醯基苄胺基與二乙醯胺 基;硝基;羰基;腈;羧基;羧醯胺;羧醛;羧酸酯,·及 烷基毓基,譬如甲基巯基。應明瞭的是,此項定義之前對 单性與對掌性缔烴,亦包括上文通式中R基互相連接以形 成環化合物之分子,例如3-甲基-1-環己烯等。 經濟部中央標準局舅工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 可使用於本發明不對稱氫甲醯化方法(及其他不對稱方 法)中之光學活性或前對掌性烯烴化合物之説明例,包括 例如對異丁基苯乙烯、2-乙烯基_6_甲氧基冬萘、3_乙晞 基秦基豕基酮、4-乙缔基苯基-2- p塞吩基酮、4-乙綿·基氣 基聯苯基、4-(1,3_二氫小氧基_2H_異吲哚_2_基)苯乙晞、2_ 乙烯基-5-苯甲醯基嘧吩、3_乙烯基苯基苯基醚、丙烯基苯 、異丁基-4-丙晞基苯、苯基乙晞基醚等。其他烯烴化合物 ,包括經取代之芳基乙烯,例如在美國專利5价、 [紙張尺國家標A4&i( 2Ι0Χ2〜:釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 kl --—________B7 五、發明説明(59 ) 5,360,938及5,491,266中所述者,其揭示内容係併於本文供參 考。 適當經取代與未經取代之烯烴起始物質之説明例,包括 在Kirk-Othmer,化學技術百科全書,第四版,1996中所述可容許 之經取代與未經取代之晞烴化合物,其相關部份係併於本 文供參考。 如所指出者,本發明之氳甲醯化方法係涉及使用如上述 之金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒。此氫甲醯化作用觸 媒於反應期間及/或在產物分離期間,可呈均相或非均相 形式。當然,若需要亦可採用此種觸媒之混合物。存在於 本發明所涵蓋之特定氫甲醯化方法之反應媒質中之金屬_ 有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之量,僅需要爲提供欲被採用 之特定金屬濃度所必須之最小量,且其將供給爲催化所涉 及之特足氫甲醯化方法所必須之至少催化量金屬之基礎, 孩涉及之方法,譬如在上文所提及專利中所揭示者。一般 而言,金屬(例如铑)在氫甲醯化反應媒質中之濃度,在每 百萬份約10份至每百萬份約1000份之範園内,以自由態鍺 計算,對大部份方法而言,應已足夠,然而其通常較佳係 採用每百萬份約10至5〇〇份之金屬,例如鍺,且更佳爲每 百萬份25至350份金屬,例如鍺。 除了金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒以外,自由態有 機亞磷酸酯配位體(意即,未與金屬錯合之配位體)亦可存 在於氫甲醯化反應媒質中。此自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體 可相應於可採用於本文中之任何上文定義之有機亞辨酸酿 4-—----- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 一 —-— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝· -、11 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 A7 ___ ___B7 五、發明説明(60 ) 一 配位體。此自由悲有機亞鱗酸酯配位體,較佳係與所採用 之金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之有機亞磚酸酯配位 體相同。但是,此等配位體不必在任何特定方法中是相同 的。本發明之氫甲醯化方法可包含,每莫耳在氫甲醯化反 應媒質中之金屬’約0.1莫耳或較少,至約1⑻莫耳或較高 之自由悲有機亞轉酸g旨配位體。本發明之氯甲酿化方法, 較佳係於約1至约50莫耳有機亞_酸酯配位體存在下進行 ,且對有機多亞磷酸酯而言,更佳爲約〗丨至约4莫耳之有 機多亞磷酸酯配位體,以每莫耳存在於反應媒質中之金屬 計;該有機亞磷酸酯配位體之量,係爲被結合(錯合)至所 存在金屬之有機亞磷酸酯配位體之量,與所存在之自由態 (未被錯合)有機亞磷酸酯配位體之量,兩者之總和。由於 其更佳係經由使非對掌性烯烴氫甲醯化,以產生非光學活 性醛類,故更佳之有機亞磷酸酯配位體係爲非對掌性類型 之有機亞磷酸酯配位體,尤其是被上文式所涵蓋者,且 更佳爲上文式(VI)與(IX)者。當然,若需要,可於任何時間 及以任何適當方式,將補充或其他有機亞磷酸酯配位體供 應至氫甲醯化方法之反應媒質中,例如爲在反應媒質中保 持預定含量之自由態配位體。 本發明所涵蓋氫甲醯化方法之反應條件,可包括迄今用 以產生光學活性及/或非光學活性醛類之任何適當型式之 氫甲醯化條件。例如,氫甲醯化方法之氫、一氧化碳及缔 烴起始化合物之總氣體壓力,可涵蓋從約i至約1〇,〇〇〇psia 足範圍。但是,一般而言,此方法較佳係在氫、一氧化碳 本紙張尺度適用中國國家) Α4規格(210x7^1 丨 1·—— (讀先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)1T • —--- 2 1 _... 2_- Chuan 9694 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (53) The amount of one of the starting materials is added to the other. It is also possible to combine the reaction steps by simultaneously adding starting materials. When complete conversion is not desired or is not available, the starting material can be separated from the product, for example by distillation, and then the starting material can be recycled back into the reaction zone. This method can be carried out in glass-lined stainless steel or similar types of reaction equipment. The reaction zone may be equipped with one or more internal and / or external heat exchangers to control improper temperature fluctuations or prevent any possible "runaway" reaction temperatures. The process of the invention I may be carried out in one or more steps or stages. The exact number of reaction steps or stage 4 is the best compromise between capital and achieving high catalyst selectivity, activity, fate, and ease of implementation, as well as the reactivity of the starting material in question, and The stability of the starting material and the desired reaction product to the reaction conditions is at the disposal. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs in a specific embodiment, which can be used in the hydroformylation method of the present invention, and can be reacted in multiple stages This multi-stage reactor can be designed, for example, as described in the co-pending US patent application serial number (D_17425_1}, filed on the same date as this case. It has an internal physical barrier, which establishes more than one theoretical reaction stage in each container. In fact, it is like having a reaction vessel inside a single continuous stirred tank. Multiple reactors are the same. Multiple reaction stages in a single container are a cost-effective way to utilize the volume of the reaction container. It will significantly reduce the number of containers required to achieve the same result in other ways. Less Rongtai will reduce The overall capital required and the maintenance of individual containers and sandboxes.-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page.) Thai paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210x297 mm) Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Printed by the Bureau's Consumer Cooperatives 509694 A7--B7 V. Description of the Invention (Private) Compound I can be used in a better method of the present invention, which is hydroformylation. It may go through organic phosphites Examples of such hydrolytic degradation of the ligand and catalytic inactivation of the metal-organophosphite complex complex catalyzed hydroformylation method include, for example, US Patent Nos. 4,148,830; 4,593,127; 4,769,498; V17J75; 4,774,361; 4,885,401; 5,264,616; 5,288,918; 5,360,938; 5,364,950; and 5,491,266, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference Therefore, the hydroformylation treatment technology of the present invention can correspond to any known treatment technology. The preferred method is a method involving the catalytic liquid recirculation hydroformylation. Generally speaking, this catalytic liquid recycles hydrogen The formication method involves the production of acids. The method is to make the olefin unsaturated compound, carbon monoxide and hydrogen in the presence of a metal-organophosphite complexing catalyst, and it also contains the catalyst and the ligand. Reaction in a liquid medium of an organic solvent. Free-state organic phosphite ligands are also preferably present in the liquid hydroformylation reaction medium. The recycling procedure generally involves continuously or intermittently from a hydroformylation reactor (Meaning the reaction zone), take out a part of the liquid reaction media containing catalyst and aldehyde products and recover the acid products from it using composite films, such as in US Patent 5,430,194 and 1995 The co-pending U.S. patent application serial number 08 / 43〇, 79, which was filed on May 5th, is disclosed herein for reference, or by a more conventional and better method, In one or more stages, in an appropriate manner, at a normal pressure, reduced pressure or high pressure, in an individual distillation zone, it is distilled (that is, vaporized and separated), and the non-volatile metal catalyst containing the residue is re- Circulate to the reaction zone, such as the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 rule at the I paper scale ^ 7 ^ * 1 ---- ------ Γ-. 0 ^-(Read the note on the back first Please fill in this page again) Order 509694 V. Description of the invention (A7 B7 55 Please read the precautions on the back before disclosure in US Patent 5,288,918. Condensation of volatile substances, and their progressive recovery, such as by further distillation, can be carried out in any conventional manner. If f is required, the crude acid product can be advanced for further purification and / or structure separation. Any recovered reactants, such as olefin starting materials and synthesis gas, can be recycled to the hydroformylation zone (reactor) in any desired manner. The recovered metal catalyst containing the thin-film-separated residual liquid 'or the recovered non-volatile metal catalyst containing such vaporized separation residues can be recycled to the hydroformylation in any conventional manner desired. Zone (reactor). Printed in a preferred embodiment by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economics, the hydroformylation reaction product fluid that can be used herein is any fluid that contains any fluid derived from any corresponding hydroformylation method, which contains i A few amounts of four different main ingredients or components, that is, aldehyde product, metal-organic phosphite coordination catalyst, free-state organic phosphite ligand, and the catalyst and the free state The organic solvent used for the ligand is corresponding to the component used and / or prepared by the hydroformylation method, and the starting material of the hydroformylation reaction mixture can be derived therefrom. It should be understood that the hydroformylation reaction mixture composition that can be used herein can and usually contains a relatively small amount of other ingredients, such as those that have been deliberately used in the hydroformylation process or formed on the spot during the process . Examples of such ingredients that may also be present include unreacted olefin starting materials, carbon monoxide and hydrogen, and product types formed on the spot, such as saturated hydrocarbons and / or unreacted isomerization corresponding to olefin starting materials Olefins, and high stagnation point liquid aldehyde condensation by-products, and other inert co-solvent types of substances or hydrocarbon additives, if used. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CMS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 509694 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (56) ^ — " Can be used in the present invention Substituted or unsubstituted olefin reactants in chemical methods (and other suitable methods), including optically active (pre-palladium and anti-palladium) and non-optically active (non-palladium) alkane unsaturated compounds, It contains 2 to 40 carbon atoms, compared with 4 to 20 carbon atoms. Such fluorene hydrocarbon unsaturated compounds may be terminally or internally unsaturated, and have a linear, branched or cyclic structure, as well as olefin mixtures, such as oligomerization obtained from propane, butylene, isobutylene, etc. ( For example, the so-called dimerization, trimerization, or tetramerization, etc., as disclosed in US Pat. Nos. 4,518,809 and 4,528,403). Furthermore, such a fluorene compound may further contain one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups, and a mixture of two or more different fluorinated hydrocarbon compounds may of course be used as a starting material if necessary. For example, a commercially available alpha olefin containing four or more carbon atoms may contain a smaller amount of the corresponding internal olefin and / or its corresponding saturated hydrocarbon, and such a commercially available olefin need not be purified prior to the reaction. Mixtures of olefin starting materials which can be used in the hydroformylation reaction, and illustrative examples include, for example, mixed butenes, such as the raffinates I and Π. Furthermore, such hydrocarbon-associated unsaturated compounds and corresponding products derived therefrom may also contain one or more groups or substituents that do not unduly and adversely affect the method of the invention, such as in US Patent 3,527,809. , 4,769,498, etc. The present invention is particularly useful for non-palladium α-olefins containing 2 to 30, preferably 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and non-palladium internal olefins containing 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and the like. A mixture of α-olefins and internal olefins as a starting material, arginine, is produced to produce non-optically active acids. Examples of π and internal olefins include, for example, ethylene, propane, 1-butene, 1-pentamidine, L-hexane, 1-octyl, 1-nonyl, 1-decane, 1-undecene r, 1_dodecene ·, 1--13 ______-. fSQ- _ This paper size applies to the Chinese national standard (CNsTa4 specification (210X297: mm) ~~~~-(Please read the notes on the back first Fill out this page again), tr 509694 A7 V. Invention description (57 printed by women's consumer cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, μ tetradecene, 1-pentadecene, 1-hexadecene, μ 17-ene, 1 -Eighteen women, 1-nonadecene, μ eicosene, 2-butene, 2-methylpropene (isobutylene), methylmethylbutene, 2-pentene, 2-hexene, 3-hexene, 2-heptene, 2-octene, hexene, propylene dimer, propylene trimer, propylene tetramer, butadiene, pentadiene, isoprene, 2-ethyl small Hexene, styrene, 4-methylstyrene, isopropylstyrene, 4-tert-butylacetophenone, π-methylstyrene, tert-butyl-α-methylbenzene Ethylene, 1,3-diisopropene-based benzene, 3-phenyl_1-propylene, 1, 'hexadiene, 1,7-octadiene, 3 _Cyclohexyl-butadiene 'and its analogs, and 1,3-dienes, butadiene, alkyl enoates such as methyl pentenoates, alkenyl alkanoates, alkenyl alkyl ethers Enols such as pentanol, aldehydes such as pentenal, and the like, such as allyl alcohol, propyl butyrate, hexenyl alcohol, octyl alcohol, vinyl acetate, Allyl acetate, 3-Butene acetate, Ethyl propionate, Allyl propionate, Methyl methacrylate, Vinyl ethyl ether, Ethyl methyl ether, Allyl ethyl Ether, n-propyl-7-octanoate, 3-butanol, 5-hexenamidamine, eugenol, isoeugenol, safrole, isosfrole, anisinol, 4-allyl tolyl ether, indene , Lemon olein, wolfberry, -cyclopentadiene, cyclooctadiene, pinene, linalool, and the like. It can be used to produce a mixture of palmar isomer products, and can be used in the present invention. Exemplary examples of palmitic and palmitic olefins used in asymmetric hydroformylation methods (and other incorrect and T-scale methods) include the following 4 Scribble expressions: R1 R3 \ / 3 c = c Ώ / \ 1¾ R4 (XII) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) k Packing and binding paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 OX297 mm) 509694 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (58), wherein R2 and R4 are the same or different (provided that Ri is different from R2 'or r3 is different from r4) and is selected from hydrogen; alkyl; substituted alkyl; The substitution is selected from the group consisting of dialkylamino groups such as benzylamino and dibenzylamino, alkoxy groups such as methoxy and ethoxy, fluorenyl groups such as ethoxy, fluorenyl, nitro, nitrile, and thio , Carbonyl, carboxamido, carboxaldehyde, carboxyl, carboxylate; aryl, including phenyl; substituted aryl, including phenyl, the substitution is selected from alkyl, amine, including alkylamino and diamine Alkylamino groups, such as benzylamino and dibenzylamino groups, alkoxy groups such as methoxy and ethoxy, alkoxy groups such as ethoxy, alkoxy, nitrile, nitro, carboxyl, carboxyl Aldehydes, carboxylic esters, carbonyls and thios; alkoxy groups, such as ethoxy; alkoxy groups, such as methoxy and ethoxy; amine groups, including alkylamino and dialkylamino groups, such as Benzylamino and dibenzylamino; fluorenylamino and difluorenylamino, such as ethylaminobenzylamino and diethylamino; nitro; carbonyl; nitrile; carboxyl; carboxamido; carboxaldehyde; Carboxylic acid esters, and alkyl, such as methyl mercapto. It should be understood that the previous definitions of unisexuality and palmitic hydrocarbons also include molecules in which the R groups in the above formula are connected to each other to form a cyclic compound, such as 3-methyl-1-cyclohexene and the like. Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Masonry Consumer Cooperative (please read the notes on the back before filling out this page). It can be used in the asymmetric hydroformylation method (and other asymmetric methods) of the present invention. Illustrative examples of palm olefin compounds include, for example, p-isobutylstyrene, 2-vinyl-6-methoxynaphthylnaphthalene, 3-ethylfluorenylthenylfluorenone, 4-ethylenylphenyl-2 -p-sedenyl ketone, 4-ethylammonium-based biphenyl, 4- (1,3_dihydro smalloxy_2H_isoindole_2_yl) phenethylfluorene, 2-vinyl- 5-benzylidenepyrimidine, 3-vinylphenylphenyl ether, propenylbenzene, isobutyl-4-propanylbenzene, phenylethylfluorenyl ether, and the like. Other olefin compounds, including substituted arylethylene, for example, in the United States patent 5 price, [paper rule national standard A4 & i (2Ι0 × 2 ~: 厘) printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 509694 kl ---________ B7 5 2. Description of the invention (59) 5,360,938 and 5,491,266, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. Examples of suitable substituted and unsubstituted olefin starting materials include the permissible substituted and unsubstituted fluorene compounds described in Kirk-Othmer, Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Fourth Edition, 1996, which Relevant parts are incorporated herein by reference. As noted, the method of formazanization of the present invention involves the use of a metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst as described above. This hydroformylation catalyst can be in a homogeneous or heterogeneous form during the reaction and / or during product separation. Of course, a mixture of such catalysts can also be used if necessary. The amount of metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst present in the reaction medium of the specific hydroformylation method covered by the present invention need only be the minimum amount necessary to provide the specific metal concentration to be used, And it will be supplied as the basis for at least the catalytic amount of metal necessary for the catalyzed special hydromethylation process involved, such as those disclosed in the patents mentioned above. Generally speaking, the concentration of metal (such as rhodium) in the hydroformylation reaction medium is within the range of about 10 parts per million to about 1000 parts per million. In terms of method, it should be sufficient, however, it is usually preferred to use about 10 to 5000 parts of metal, such as germanium per million parts, and more preferably 25 to 350 parts of metal, such as germanium per million parts. In addition to metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalysts, free-state organic phosphite ligands (meaning, ligands that are not complexed with metals) can also be present in the hydroformylation reaction medium. This free-state organic phosphite ligand may correspond to any of the above-defined organic phosphites that can be used herein. 4 ------ This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications ( 210X297 mm) I — — — (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page)-Equipment ·-, 11 Printed by the Employees' Cooperatives of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 509694 A7 ___ ___B7 V. Description of Invention (60) I Ligand. This free organic phosphinate ligand is preferably the same as the organic brickinate ligand used in the metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst. However, these ligands need not be the same in any particular method. The method of hydroformylation according to the present invention may include a free organic sulfonic acid that is about 0.1 mole or less per mole of metal in the hydroformylation reaction medium to about 1 mole or more. Ligand. The chloroformation method of the present invention is preferably carried out in the presence of about 1 to about 50 moles of organic phosphite ligands, and more preferably about 0.001 to about 5% for organic polyphosphites. 4 moles of organic polyphosphite ligands, based on the metal present in the reaction medium per mole; the amount of the organic phosphite ligands is the amount that is bound (mismatched) to the metal present The sum of the amount of the organic phosphite ligand and the amount of the free state (not mismatched) organic phosphite ligand that exists. Since it is better to hydroformylate non-palladium olefins to produce non-optically active aldehydes, the better organic phosphite coordination system is a non-palladium type organic phosphite ligand, Especially those covered by the above formulae, and more preferably those of formulae (VI) and (IX) above. Of course, if necessary, supplementation or other organic phosphite ligands can be supplied to the reaction medium of the hydroformylation method at any time and in any suitable manner, for example, to maintain a predetermined amount of free state in the reaction medium Ligand. The reaction conditions for the hydroformylation process encompassed by the present invention may include any suitable form of hydroformylation conditions hitherto used to produce optically active and / or non-optically active aldehydes. For example, the total gas pressure of hydrogen, carbon monoxide, and hydrocarbon-associated starting compounds in the hydroformylation process may range from about i to about 10,000 psia. However, in general, this method is better for hydrogen and carbon monoxide. The paper size is applicable to Chinese countries. A4 size (210x7 ^ 1 丨 1 · —— (read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)

、1T 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 A7 ______ B7 五、發明説明(61 ) ^ 及晞烴起始化合物之總氣體壓力低於約2000 psia,且更佳係 低於約500 psia下操作。最低總壓力主要係受限於爲獲得所 要反應速率所必須之反應物量。更明確言之,本發明氫甲 鏟化方法之一氧化碳分壓,較佳爲約1至約1000 pSia,且更 佳爲約3至約800 psia,而氫分壓較佳爲約5至約500 psia,且 更佳爲約10至約300 psia。一般而言,氣態氫對一氧化碳h2 :CO之莫耳比,可涵蓋從約1 : 10至1〇〇 ·· 1或較高之範園 ’氫對一氧化破莫耳比更隹爲約1 : 10至約10 : 1。再者, 此氫甲醯化方法可在約_25°C至約200°c之反應溫度下進行。 一般而言,約50。(:至約120°C之氫甲醯化反應溫度,對所有 類型之晞烴起始物質而言,係爲較佳的。當然,應明瞭的 是,當想要非光學活性醛產物時,係採用非對掌性類型之 晞烴起始物質與有機亞磷酸酯配位體,而當想要光學活性 酸產物時’係採用前對掌性或對掌性類型之烯烴起始物質 與有機亞磷酸酯配位體。當然,亦應明瞭的是,所採用之 氫甲化反應條件,係由所要之醛產物類型所支配。 本發明所涵蓋之氫甲醯化方法,亦在供金屬-有機亞磷 酸醋配位錯合觸媒及自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體用之有機 溶劑存在下進行。此溶劑亦可含有經溶解之水,達到飽和 極限。依所採用之特定觸媒與反應物而定,適當有機溶劑 包括例如醇類、烷類、晞類、炔類、醚類、醛類、較高沸 點酸縮合副產物、酮類、酯類、醯胺類、三級胺類、芳族 類等。不會不適當且不利地干擾所意欲氫甲醯化反應之 任何適當溶劑,均可採用,且此種溶劑可包括迄今所揭示 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 一裝· -訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明説明(跤) -~'~ ' ' -一" 系^用於已知金屬催化之氫甲醯化反應者。若需要可採用 或夕種不同;表劑之混合物。一般而言,關於非對掌性( 隹光予活f生)類之製造,較佳係採用相應於想要製造之 酸產物之酸化合物’及/或較高沸點醛液態縮合副產物作 爲主要有機,谷劑,如在此項技藝中所常用者。此種酸縮合 田1J產物,右需要時亦可預先形成,及據此使用。可採用於 續氣k上之較佳溶劑,其説明例包括酮類(例如丙酮與 甲基乙基_ )、g旨類(例如醋酸乙酯)、烴類(例如甲苯)、 硝基烃類(例如硝基苯)、醚類(例如四氳呋喃(τΗρ))及環丁 颯。適當落劑係揭示於美國專利5,312,996中。所採用之溶 劑量,對本發明並不重要,且僅需要爲足以使欲被處理之 氫甲醯化反應混合物之觸媒及自由態配位體增溶之量。一 I而p 劑之f可涵蓋從約5重量%至高達約99重量% 或更夕之範圍,以氫甲醯化反應混合物起始物質之總重量 爲基準。 ' 因此,非光學活性醛產物之説明例包括例如丙醛、正_ 丁醛、異-丁醛、正-戊莶、2_甲基小丁醛、己醛、羥基己 酸、2-甲基戊醛、庚醛、2_甲基小己醛、辛醛、2_甲基+ 庚醛、壬醛、2_甲基-1-辛醛、2_乙基小庚醛、3_丙基小己 醛、癸醛、己二醛、2-甲基戊二醛、2_甲基己二醛、3_甲 基己一醛、3-每基丙酸、6-義基己酸,晞酸類,例如厶、 3-及4-戊缔.’ 5-甲酿基戊酸坑基@旨、2-甲基+壬酸、十 一醛、2-甲基小癸醛、十二醛、2-甲基小十一醛、十三酸 、2-甲基小十三醛、2·乙基-1·十二醛、3-丙基小十一酸、 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2ίΟΧ29”公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -ΙΤ» 509694 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明(63 ) 十五酸、2-甲基_1·十四酸、十六醛、2_甲基小十五駿、十 七‘、2-甲基-1-十六酸、十八醛、2_甲基_1_十七醛、十九 酸、2-甲基-1-十八酸、2_乙基-1_十七酸、3_丙基十六酸 、二十醛、2_甲基小十九醛、二十一醛、2-甲基+二十酸 、二十三酸、2-甲基_1-二十二酸、二十四酸、2.甲基]_一 十三齡、二十五醛、2-甲基-1-二十四酸、2·乙基-μ二十二 醛、3-丙基小二十二醛、二十七醛、2_甲基-1-二十八酸、 二十九酸、2-甲基-1-二十八酸、三十一酸、2_甲基二十 醛等。 光學活性醛產物之説明例,包括藉由本發明之不對稱氫 甲醯化方法所製成之(對掌異構性)醛化合物,譬如s_2_(對_ 異丁基苯基)-丙酸、S-2-(6-甲氧基-2-蓁基)丙醛、S-2-(3-苯甲醯 基苯基)_丙酸、S-2-(對-遠吩酿基苯基)丙酸、S-2-(3_氟基-4-苯 基)苯基丙酸、S_2-[4-(l,3_二氫-1-氧基-2H-異Θ卜朵-2-基)苯基]丙 醛、S_2_(2-甲基乙醛)-5苯甲醯基嘧吩等。 適當經取代與未經取代醛產物之説明例,包括在Kirk_ Othmer化學技術百科全書,第四版,1996中所述之可容許之經 取代與未經取代之醛化合物,其相關部份係併於本文供參 考。 如上文所指出者,通常較佳係以連續方式進行本發明之 氫甲醯化方法。一般而言,連續氫甲醯化方法係爲此項技 藝中所習知,且可涉及:⑻在包含溶劑、金屬-有機亞磷 酸酯配位錯合觸媒及自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體之液態均 相反應混合物中,以一氧化碳與氫,使烯烴起始物質氫甲 -—-----——^~ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Μ規格(210X297公釐) ------:--J·裝-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 刈9694 五 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 64 A7 B7 、發明説明( ^化’(b)保持有利於晞烴起始物質之氫甲醯化作用之反應 溫度與壓力條件;⑻當反應物用盡時,供應補充量之烯烴 起始物貝、一氧化破及氫至反應媒質中;及(d)以任何所要 之方式,回收所要之醛氫甲醯化作用產物。此連續方法可 以單私模式進行,意即其中包含未反應晞烴起始物質與已 蒸發醛產物之蒸氣態混合物,係自液體反應混合物中移除 二自其回收醛產物,並將補充之烴起始物質、一氧化碳及 氫供應至液態反應媒質中,供下一個單程使用,而未將未 反應之烯烴起始物質再循環。此種型式之再循環程序,係 馬此項技藝中所習知’並可涉及已自所要酸反應產物中分 離 < 金屬-有機亞磷酸酯錯合觸媒流體之液體再循環,藍 如在例如美國專利4,148,830中所揭示者,或氣體再循環程 序,譬如在美國專利4,247,486中所揭示者,以及若需要時 爲液體與氣體再循環程序之組合。該美國專利4,148 83〇愈 4二247,486之揭示内纟,係併於本文供參考。本發明之最佳 氫甲醯化方法,包括連續液態觸媒再循環方法。適當液能 觸媒再循環程序,係揭示於例如美國專利4,668,651 了 4,774,361 ’· 5,102,505 及 5,110,990 中。 在本發明之-項具體實施例中,可㈣產物混合物㈣ 製反應混合物之其他成份分離,其中搭混合物係藉任何適 當万法製成。通當分離方法’包括例如溶劑提取、相分離 '結晶化作用、蒸餾、汽化'擦拭薄膜蒸發、落膜芙發及 其類似万法。-般可能想要在粗製反應混合物形成時,妹 由使用如在已公告之專利合作㈣專财請案W◦嶋鹏 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, 1T 509694 A7 ______ B7 V. Description of the invention (61) ^ and the total gas pressure of the fluorene starting compound is below about 2000 psia, and more preferably below about 500 psia operating. The minimum total pressure is mainly limited by the amount of reactants necessary to obtain the desired reaction rate. More specifically, the carbon dioxide partial pressure of one of the hydrogen methylation methods of the present invention is preferably about 1 to about 1000 pSia, and more preferably about 3 to about 800 psia, and the hydrogen partial pressure is preferably about 5 to about 500. psia, and more preferably about 10 to about 300 psia. Generally speaking, the molar ratio of gaseous hydrogen to carbon monoxide h2: CO can cover from about 1:10 to 100 ·· 1 or higher. : 10 to about 10: 1. Furthermore, the hydroformylation method can be performed at a reaction temperature of about -25 ° C to about 200 ° C. Generally speaking, about 50. (: Hydroformylation reaction temperature to about 120 ° C is preferred for all types of fluorene hydrocarbon starting materials. Of course, it should be understood that when a non-optically active aldehyde product is desired, It uses non-palladium type hydrocarbon starting materials and organic phosphite ligands, and when optically active acid products are desired, it uses pre-palladium or palmity type olefin starting materials and organic Phosphite ligands. Of course, it should also be clear that the hydroformylation reaction conditions used are governed by the type of aldehyde product desired. The hydroformylation methods covered by the present invention are also available for metal- The organic phosphite coordination catalyst and free organic organic phosphite ligand are used in the presence of an organic solvent. This solvent may also contain dissolved water to reach the saturation limit. Depending on the specific catalyst used and Depending on the reactant, suitable organic solvents include, for example, alcohols, alkanes, amidines, alkynes, ethers, aldehydes, higher boiling acid condensation by-products, ketones, esters, ammoniums, tertiary amines , Aromatics, etc. will not interfere inappropriately and adversely Any suitable solvent for the hydroformylation reaction can be used, and such solvents can include those disclosed so far (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) One Pack ·-Order Staff Consumer Cooperatives, Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Print A7 5. Description of the invention (wrestling)-~ '~' '-One " is used for those who have known metal-catalyzed hydroformylation reactions. If necessary, it can be used or different; a mixture of agents. Generally speaking, with regard to the manufacture of non-palladium (bright light to live) products, it is preferred to use acid compounds corresponding to the acid product to be produced and / or higher-boiling aldehyde liquid condensation by-products as the main products. Organic, cereal, as commonly used in this technology. This acid condensation field 1J product can also be pre-formed when needed, and used accordingly. A better solvent that can be used in the aftergas k, its description Examples include ketones (such as acetone and methyl ethyl _), g compounds (such as ethyl acetate), hydrocarbons (such as toluene), nitro hydrocarbons (such as nitrobenzene), and ethers (such as tetramethylfuran). (ΤΗρ)) and cyclamidine. Appropriate agents are disclosed in the United States. No. 5,312,996. The amount of solvent used is not critical to the present invention, and only needs to be sufficient to solubilize the catalyst and free-state ligand of the hydroformylation reaction mixture to be treated. The f of the agent may cover a range from about 5% by weight to up to about 99% by weight, based on the total weight of the starting material of the hydroformylation reaction mixture. ′ Therefore, illustrative examples of non-optically active aldehyde products include For example, propionaldehyde, n-butyraldehyde, iso-butyraldehyde, n-pentamidine, 2-methyl-butyraldehyde, hexanal, hydroxyhexanoic acid, 2-methylvaleraldehyde, heptaldehyde, 2-methylhexanole Aldehyde, octanal, 2-methyl + heptanal, nonanal, 2-methyl-1-octanal, 2-ethylheptanal, 3-propylhexylaldehyde, decanal, adipaldehyde, 2 -Methylglutaraldehyde, 2-methyl adipaldehyde, 3-methylhexadialdehyde, 3-per-propionic acid, 6-synylhexanoic acid, acetic acids, such as fluorene, 3- and 4-pentyl. '5-Methynylpentanoic acid @ base, 2-methyl + nonanoic acid, undecyl aldehyde, 2-methyl small decanal, dodecanal, 2-methyl small undecanal, tridecanoic acid, 2-methyltridecylaldehyde, 2 · ethyl-1 · dodecaldehyde, 3-propyl minor undecanoic acid, paper Zhang scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2ίΟχ29 ”mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) -ΙΤ» 509694 Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (63) Pentadecanoic acid, 2-methyl_1-tetradecanoic acid, hexadecanal, 2-methyl pentadecyl, hepta '′, 2-methyl-1-hexadecanoic acid, stearyl, 2-methyl_1-heptadecanal, nonadecanic acid, 2-methyl-1-octadecanoic acid, 2-ethyl-1-heptadecanoic acid, 3-propylhexadecanoic acid, eicosaldehyde, 2 _Methylcanadecanal, behenaldehyde, 2-methyl + icosanic acid, behenic acid, 2-methyl_1-docosaic acid, behenic acid, 2.methyl] _ Thirteen-year-old, twenty-five aldehydes, 2-methyl-1-docosaic acid, 2 · ethyl-μ docosalydehyde, 3-propylpicosuccinic aldehyde, twenty-seven aldehyde, 2_ Methyl-1-octacosanoic acid, diacosanoic acid, 2-methyl-1-octacosanoic acid, 31-acrylic acid, 2-methylicosuccinaldehyde, and the like. Illustrative examples of optically active aldehyde products include (para-isomeric) aldehyde compounds prepared by the asymmetric hydroformylation method of the present invention, such as s_2_ (p-isobutylphenyl) -propionic acid, S -2- (6-methoxy-2-fluorenyl) propanal, S-2- (3-benzylidenephenyl) _propionic acid, S-2- (p-telephenethylphenyl) Propanoic acid, S-2- (3-fluoro-4-phenyl) phenylpropionic acid, S_2- [4- (l, 3-dihydro-1-oxy-2H-isoΘ 卜 朵 -2- Group) phenyl] propanal, S_2_ (2-methylacetaldehyde) -5 benzamidinepyrimidine and the like. Illustrative examples of suitable substituted and unsubstituted aldehyde products include the permissible substituted and unsubstituted aldehyde compounds described in Kirk_Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Fourth Edition, 1996, the relevant parts of which are For reference. As noted above, it is generally preferred to perform the hydroformylation process of the present invention in a continuous manner. Generally speaking, continuous hydroformylation methods are well known in the art, and may involve: hydration in a solvent, a metal-organic phosphite coordination dislocation catalyst, and a free-state organic phosphite coordination In the liquid homogeneous reaction mixture of the body, carbon monoxide and hydrogen are used to make the olefin starting material hydrogen methyl ------------ ^ ~ This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) M specification (210X297 mm)- ----- :-J · install-- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Order 9694 Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs 64 A7 B7, Invention Description (^ 化 ' (B) Maintain reaction temperature and pressure conditions that are favorable for the hydromethylation of the hydrocarbon starting materials; When the reactants are used up, supply supplementary amounts of olefin starting materials, oxidative breakdown and hydrogen to the reaction medium And (d) recover the desired aldehyde hydroformylation product in any desired manner. This continuous process can be performed in a single-private mode, meaning that it contains unreacted fluorinated hydrocarbon starting materials and vapors of evaporated aldehyde products Mixture, removed from the liquid reaction mixture It recovers the aldehyde product from it, and supplies the supplemented hydrocarbon starting material, carbon monoxide and hydrogen to the liquid reaction medium for the next one-way use, without recycling the unreacted olefin starting material. The cycle procedure is familiar to horses in this art, and may involve the recycling of liquids that have been separated from the desired acid reaction product < metal-organophosphite complex catalyst fluid, such as in U.S. Patent 4, Disclosed in 148,830, or a gas recirculation procedure, such as disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,247,486, and a combination of liquid and gas recirculation procedures, if required. Disclosure of this U.S. Patent 4,148 83〇4 4247,486 Intrinsics are incorporated herein by reference. The optimal hydroformylation method of the present invention includes a continuous liquid catalyst recycling method. Suitable liquid energy catalyst recycling procedures are disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent 4,668,651, 4,774,361 '· 5,102,505 and 5,110,990. In one embodiment of the present invention, the other components of the reaction mixture can be separated from the product mixture, and mixed together. Made by any suitable method. Common methods of separation include, for example, solvent extraction, phase separation, 'crystallization, distillation, vaporization', wipe film evaporation, falling film, and similar methods. When the crude reaction mixture is formed, you can use it as described in the published patent cooperation, and please apply for financial support. Weng Peng (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

A7 B7 509694 五、發明説明(65 ) 中所述t捕獲劑,自其中移除醛產物。自粗製反應混合物 之其他成份中分離出產物混合物之一種較佳方法,係藉薄 膜刀離。此種薄膜分離可按美國專利,及i"5年5 月5日提出申清之共待審美國專利申請案序號08/430,790中 所詳述關於上文之内容而達成。 如上文所指出者,在本發明方法結束時(或其進行期間) ’所要之酸類可自使用於本發明方法之反應混合物中回收 。例如’可使用美國專利4,148 83〇與4,247,486中所揭示之回 收技術。例如,在連續液態觸媒再循環方法中,可將自反 應區帶私除之液體反應混合物(含有醛產物、觸媒等)部份 三意即反應產物流體,通過分離區帶,例如汽化器/分離 t’、其中所要您醛產物可在一或多個階段中,於常壓、減 壓或高壓下,自液體反應流體中藉蒸餾分離,凝結及收集 在產物接受器中’及若需要則進_步純化。然後,可將含 有液體反應混合物之殘留非揮發觸媒,再循環回復至反應 區帶,而若t要,亦可將任何其他揮發性物#,例如未反 應之烯烴,與溶解於液體反應物中之任何氫及一 在其從凝結之酸產物中分離後,例如以任何習用方式=餾 後’-起回至反應區帶。通常較佳係在減壓下及在低溫下 ,使所要之醛類自含觸媒之反應混合物中分離,以避免有 ,亞磷酸酯配位體與反應產物之可能降解。當亦採用從_ 單烯烴反應物時,其醛衍生物亦可藉上述方法分離。 更特定言之,所要之醛產物自含有金屬_有機亞磷酸酯 熬合觸媒之反應產物流體之蒸餾與分離,可在任何所要之 本紙張 縣(CNS)鐵格(21GX29^t (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁}A7 B7 509694 5. The capture agent described in the description of the invention (65), from which the aldehyde product is removed. A preferred method of separating the product mixture from the other components of the crude reaction mixture is by thin-film knife-off. Such membrane separation can be achieved in accordance with the above details as detailed in the US patent and the co-pending US patent application serial number 08 / 430,790 filed on May 5, 2005. As noted above, at the end of the method of the invention (or during its performance) the desired acids can be recovered from the reaction mixture used in the method of the invention. For example, 'recovery techniques disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,148,830 and 4,247,486 can be used. For example, in a continuous liquid catalyst recycling method, a portion of the liquid reaction mixture (containing aldehyde products, catalysts, etc.) privately removed from the reaction zone may be the reaction product fluid through the separation zone, such as a vaporizer / Separation t ', in which the desired aldehyde product can be separated, condensed and collected in the product receiver from the liquid reaction fluid by distillation under normal pressure, reduced pressure or high pressure in one or more stages' and if required Further purification. Then, the residual non-volatile catalyst containing the liquid reaction mixture can be recycled back to the reaction zone, and if desired, any other volatiles #, such as unreacted olefins, can be dissolved in the liquid reactants. Any hydrogen in it and one after it is separated from the condensed acid product, for example, return to the reaction zone in any conventional manner = after distillation '. It is usually preferred to separate the desired aldehydes from the catalyst-containing reaction mixture under reduced pressure and at low temperature to avoid possible degradation of the phosphite ligands and reaction products. When mono-olefin reactants are also used, their aldehyde derivatives can also be isolated by the methods described above. More specifically, the distillation and separation of the desired aldehyde product from the reaction product fluid containing the metal-organic phosphite mixing catalyst can be performed in any desired paper county (CNS) iron grid (21GX29 ^ t (please first Read the notes on the back and fill out this page}

A7 B7 五、發明説明(66 通當溫度下進行。-般建議此種蒸館係在相對較低溫度下 進行,譬如低於150。(:,且更佳係在約筑至約14〇Ό範園之 溫度下。一般亦建議此種醛蒸餾係在減壓下進行,例如各 涉及低滞點醛類(例如C4至時,總氣體壓力係實質上二 於在氫甲醯化作用期間所採用之總氣體壓力,或當涉及高 沸點醛類(例如&或較大)時,則在眞空下。例如,一般實 施係使自氫甲醯化反應區帶移除之液體反應產物媒質接受 減壓,以使已溶解於液體媒質中之大部份未反應氣體揮發 ,與存在於氫甲醯化反應媒質中之合成氣體濃度相較,該 媒質目前含有遠爲較低之合成氣體濃度,使其至蒸餾區帶 ,例如汽化器/分離器,於其中蒸餾所要之醛產物。一般 而言,範園從眞空壓力至高達總氣體壓力爲約5〇psig之蒸 餾壓力’對大邵份目的而言應已足夠。 水與酸移除處理 如上述,本發明係在於發現水解性分解與鍺觸媒失活, 如本文中所討論者,可使用一或多種足以自反應產物流體 中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之酸移除物質,處理至少 一部份衍生自本發明之方法且亦含有在此方法期間形成之 磷酸性化合物之反應產物流體,而被防止或減少。由於在 反應產物流體中之金屬鹽污染物,例如鐵、鋅、趟鹽等, 會不期望地促進醛類之自縮合,故本發明之_項優點是吾 人可利用某些酸移除物質之酸度移除能力,且轉移最少金 屬鹽至反應產物流體中。利用一或多種酸移除物質以移除 在金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合物催化之方法中所形成之 ___ - 69 - 本紐尺度適财目目家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇Χ29ϋ釐) -- ' (請先閱讀背面之注意事 項再填* 裝-- :寫本頁} 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(67 ) '^ ^ 磷酸性化合物,以防止及/或減少此種方法之有機亞磷酸 酉曰配位體之水解性降解及金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸 媒之失活,係揭示於與本案在同一日期提出申請之共待審 美國專利申請案序號(D_17652)中,其揭示内容係併於本文 供參考。 自反應(例如氫甲醯化作用)系统中移除至少若干量鱗酸 化合物,例如I^PO3,醛酸譬如羥烷基膦酸、H3p〇4等,允 許吾人控制氳甲醯化反應媒質之酸度,於是藉由防止或減 少水解性分解,使可使用之有機亞磷酸酯配位體安定化。 控制有機亞磷酸酯所促進之金屬催化之氫甲醯化作用中酸 度I必要性,已解釋於上文。因此,本發明之目的係爲從 觸媒系統中移除或降低過度之酸度,以在反應產物流體中 保持適當酸度之程度,以致使可使用之有機亞磷酸酯配位 體之消耗不會在無法令人接受之速率下,以水解方式降解 ’同時保持觸媒活性在生產程度下。本發明所提供調節此 種酸度之最良好方式,是在一或多個含有一或多種酸移除 物處之酸移除區帶中,從反應產物流體移除此種磷酸性物 免。依此方式,酸性物質係被提取至水中,如於本文中所 揭7F者’這與僅只是清除及/或中和並使其留在反應媒質 中不同’於是避免蓄積此種經清除及/或經中和之副產物 ’及防止其他可能必須之二次化學處理,或鹽沈積物在反 應區帶、分離區帶及/或洗氣區帶中之積聚。 以水處理含有金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之反應 產物流體,可以不會不適當且不利地影嚮用以衍生該反應 -;-—--- - 70 -__ 本紙張尺度適用巾_家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21GX297:L釐) 一"' —" (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} ί裝- -訂 州694 μ Β7 五 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製 發明説明(68 ) 產物流體之基本氫甲醯化方法之任何所要之適當方法或方 式進行。例如,此水處理可對於所有或任_部份欲被處理 且已從至少一個反應區帶或至少一個分離區帶移除而進入 至少一個洗氣區帶中之所要反應產物流體進行。然後,可 將經處理之接觸水送至一或多個酸移除區帶或返回至少一 個反應£帶*或至少一個分離區帶。或者,可將水喷霧至或 以其他方式添加到至少一個反應區帶或至少一個分離區帶 中,以達成酸度控制。然後,可將所形成之水層自反應產 物流體傾析。 本發明涉及使用水,其特別可適用於連續液態觸媒再循 環氫甲醯化方法,此方法係採用美國專利5,288,918之發明 ’其包括在具催化活性之加強添加劑存在下進行該方法, 该添加劑種類係選自包括經添加之水、弱酸性化合物(例 如雙酚),或經添加之水及弱酸性化合物兩者。此加強添 加劑係用以幫助選擇性地水解及防止不想要之單亞嶙酸酯 副產物之積聚,該副產物可在某些方法期間形成,且其會 使金屬觸媒中毒,如其中所解釋。雖然如此,應明瞭的是 本發明之較佳方法’意即包括防止及/或減少有機亞磷酸 酯配位體之水解性降解及金屬-有機亞嶙酸酯配位錯合觸 媒之失活之具體實施例,其方式是(a)在至少一個洗氣區帶 中,使用足以自反應產物流體中移除至少若干量磷酸性化 合物之水,處理至少一部份衍生自該氫甲醯化方法且亦含 有在該方法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流體,與 (b)在至少一個酸移除區帶中,將至少一部份含有自該反應 —_ -71 - 尽、為張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 509694 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(69 ) 產物流體中移除之磷酸性化合物之水,使用一或多種足以 自該水中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之酸移除物質處理 ,此方法仍然被認爲基本上是一種"非水性”方法,意即存 在於反應媒質中之任何水,並未以足以造成此反應或該媒 質被認爲是除了有機相以外尚包含個別含水相或水相或層 之量存在。 而且,應明瞭本發明之另一個較佳方法,意即包括防止 及/或減少有機亞磷酸酯配位體之水解性降解及金屬-有 機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失活之具體實施例,其係經由 將足以自該反應產物流體中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物 之一或多種酸移除物質,引進該至少一個反應區帶及/或 #亥至少一個分離區帶中,以處理至少一部份衍生自該方法 且亦含有在該方法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流 m,其亦被$忍爲基本上是一種"非水性"方法。 因此,例如,可使用水以處理連續液態觸媒再循環氫甲 醒化万法之所有或部份反應產物流體,其係在自其中分離 醛產物之前或之後之任何時間,自反應區帶移除。該水處 理更佳係涉及處理所有或部份反應產物流體,其係在所要 之酸產物裘餾後獲得,例如在該反應產物流體再循環至反 應區帶〈則或期間獲得。例如,一種較佳模式係爲使全部 或部伤(例如滑流)被再循環至反應區帶之再循環反應產物 肌,、正好在孩含有殘留物之觸媒再進入反應區帶之前, 連續通過含有水之液體提取器。 因此 應明瞭的是,欲你用7k _ ί田;人士人 尺便用水處理足含有金屬_有機亞 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 一裝· 訂A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (66 Tongdang temperature.-It is generally recommended that such steaming halls be carried out at a relatively low temperature, such as less than 150. (:, and more preferably about 400 to about 14 oΌ At the temperature of Fanyuan, it is also generally recommended that such aldehyde distillation be carried out under reduced pressure, for example, each involving a low hysteresis aldehyde (for example, when C4 is reached, the total gas pressure is substantially two times lower than that during hydroformylation). The total gas pressure used, or when high-boiling aldehydes (such as & or larger) are involved, under airspace. For example, the general implementation is to accept the liquid reaction product medium removed from the hydroformylation reaction zone. Reduce the pressure to volatilize most of the unreacted gas that has been dissolved in the liquid medium, compared with the concentration of the synthesis gas in the hydroformylation reaction medium, which currently contains a much lower concentration of the synthesis gas. Bring it to a distillation zone, such as a vaporizer / separator, where the desired aldehyde product is distilled. In general, Fan Yuan goes from emptying pressure to a distillation pressure up to a total gas pressure of about 50 psig. Words should be enough. Removal Treatment As described above, the present invention is based on the discovery of hydrolytic decomposition and inactivation of the germanium catalyst. As discussed herein, one or more acid shifts sufficient to remove at least some amounts of phosphoric compounds from the reaction product fluid can be used. Elimination of substances, treatment of at least a portion of the reaction product fluid derived from the method of the present invention and also containing phosphoric compounds formed during the method is prevented or reduced. Due to metal salt contaminants in the reaction product fluid, such as Iron, zinc, salt, etc. can undesirably promote the self-condensation of aldehydes, so the advantage of the present invention is that we can use the acidity removal ability of certain acid removal substances, and transfer the least metal salt to the reaction product In the fluid. One or more acids are used to remove substances to remove the metal-organophosphite complex complex catalyzed by the method ___-69-This standard is suitable for financial institutions (CNS) A4 Specification (21〇 × 29ϋ %)-'(Please read the notes on the back before filling * Pack-: Write this page] Printed by the Central Consumers ’Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 509694 A7 B7 printed by the Industrial and Commercial Cooperatives V. Description of the invention (67) '^ ^ Phosphate compounds to prevent and / or reduce the hydrolytic degradation of organic phosphites and their metal-organic phosphites The inactivation of the coordination mismatch catalyst is disclosed in the co-pending US patent application serial number (D_17652), which was filed on the same date as the present case, and its disclosure is incorporated herein by reference. Tritification) remove at least some amount of phosphonic acid compounds, such as I ^ PO3, uronic acids such as hydroxyalkylphosphonic acid, H3po4, etc., to allow us to control the acidity of the formazan reaction reaction medium, so by preventing Or reduce the hydrolytic decomposition, stabilize the usable organic phosphite ligands. The necessity of controlling the acidity I in the metal-catalyzed hydroformylation promoted by the organic phosphites has been explained above. Therefore, the object of the present invention is to remove or reduce excessive acidity from the catalyst system so as to maintain a proper acidity in the reaction product fluid so that the consumption of the usable organic phosphite ligands will not be reduced. At an unacceptable rate, it is hydrolyzed to degrade 'while maintaining catalyst activity to the extent of production. The best way to adjust such acidity provided by the present invention is to remove such phosphoric acid from the reaction product fluid in one or more acid removal zones containing one or more acid removals. In this way, the acidic substance is extracted into the water, as 7F is disclosed herein, 'this is different from merely removing and / or neutralizing and leaving it in the reaction medium', thus avoiding the accumulation of such removed and / Or by-products of neutralization 'and other secondary chemical treatments that may be necessary, or accumulation of salt deposits in the reaction zone, separation zone and / or scrubbing zone. Treatment of the reaction product fluid containing metal-organophosphite coordination catalyst with water can not affect the reaction to generate the reaction inappropriately and adversely------70 -__ This paper size Applicable towels_Home Standards (CNS) A4 Specification (21GX297: L) One " '— " (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page} 装--州 州 694 μ Β7 Central Ministry of Economic Affairs 榡The prospective employee consumer cooperative prints the invention description (68) any desired suitable method or method for the basic hydroformylation process of the product fluid. For example, this water treatment can be for all or any of the parts to be treated and has been removed from At least one reaction zone or at least one separation zone is removed to enter the desired reaction product fluid in at least one scrubbing zone. The treated contact water may then be sent to one or more acid removal zones or Return at least one reaction zone * or at least one separation zone. Alternatively, water can be sprayed or otherwise added to at least one reaction zone or at least one separation zone to achieve acidity control. Then, the Formed water The layer is decanted from the reaction product fluid. The present invention relates to the use of water, which is particularly applicable to a continuous liquid catalyst recycling method for hydrogen methylation, which uses the invention of US Patent 5,288,918, which includes a catalytically active reinforcing additive The method is performed in the presence of a type of additive selected from the group consisting of added water, weakly acidic compounds (such as bisphenol), or both added water and weakly acidic compounds. This reinforcing additive is used to help selective hydrolysis And to prevent the accumulation of unwanted monophosphite by-products, which can be formed during certain processes, and which can poison metal catalysts, as explained therein. However, it should be understood that the present invention The "preferred method" means a specific embodiment including preventing and / or reducing the hydrolytic degradation of the organic phosphite ligand and the inactivation of the metal-organophosphite coordination catalyst, in the form of (a ) Treating at least a portion of the hydroformylation in at least one scrubbing zone with water sufficient to remove at least some amount of phosphoric acid compound from the reaction product fluid The reaction product fluid containing the phosphoric acid compound formed during the method and (b) in at least one acid removal zone contains at least a part of the reaction from the reaction. Standards are applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 × 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 509694 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (69) Product fluid The water of the phosphoric acid compound removed from the water is treated with one or more acid removal substances sufficient to remove at least some amount of the phosphoric acid compound from the water. This method is still considered to be basically a "non-aqueous" method, This means that any water present in the reaction medium is not present in an amount sufficient to cause the reaction or the medium is considered to contain a separate aqueous or aqueous phase or layer in addition to the organic phase. Furthermore, it should be understood that another preferred method of the present invention, which includes specifics for preventing and / or reducing the hydrolytic degradation of organic phosphite ligands and the inactivation of metal-organophosphite complexation catalysts Embodiments, which are introduced into the at least one reaction zone and / or at least one separation zone by removing at least several amounts of one or more acid-removing substances of phosphoric acid compounds from the reaction product fluid, To treat at least a portion of the reaction product stream m derived from the process and also containing phosphoric compounds formed during the process, it is also tolerated as essentially a " non-aqueous " process. Thus, for example, water can be used to treat a continuous liquid catalyst to recycle all or part of the reaction product fluids of the hydromethylation process, which is removed from the reaction zone at any time before or after the aldehyde product is separated therefrom. except. The water treatment is more preferably related to the treatment of all or part of the reaction product fluid, which is obtained after the desired acid product has been distilled, for example, when the reaction product fluid is recycled to the reaction zone. For example, a preferred mode is to recycle all or part of the injury (such as slipstream) to the reaction product muscle of the reaction zone, just before the catalyst containing the residue enters the reaction zone continuously. Through a liquid extractor containing water. Therefore, it should be clear that I want you to use 7k _ tian; Everyone will treat the feet with metal _ organic ya (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(70 ) 磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之反應產物流體,除了觸媒錯合物及 其有機溶劑以外,可含有產物、自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位 體、未反應之反應物及任何其他成份或添加劑,與用以衍 生該反應產物流體之方法之反應媒質一致。 再者,移除所要之醛產物,可造成反應產物流體之其他 成份濃度成比例地增加。、因此,例如,在欲根據本發明方 法以水處理之含有金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之反 應產物流體中之有機亞磷酸酯配位體濃度,可涵蓋約0.005 與15重量百分比間之範圍,以反應產物流體之總重量爲基 準。配位體濃度在該基準下,較佳係在0.01與10重量百分 比之間,且更佳係在約0.05與5重量百分比之間。同樣地, 金屬在欲根據本發明方法以水處理之含有金屬-有機亞磷 酸酯配位錯合觸媒之反應產物流體中之濃度,可高達每百 萬份約5000份重量比,以反應產物流體之重量爲基準。金 屬濃度較佳係在每百萬份約50與2500份間之重量比,以反 應產物流體之重量爲基準,且更佳係在每百萬份約70與 2000份間之重量比,以反應產物流體之重量爲基準。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 使含有金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之反應產物流 體與水接觸之方式,以及處理條件,譬如水量、溫度、壓 力及接觸時間,並未具有嚴密重要性,且顯然僅需要足以 獲得所要之結果即可。例如,該處理可在任何適當器皿或 容器中進行,例如在有機反應產物流體與水之間提供充分 接觸之適當裝置之任何習用液體提取器,可採用於本文中 。一般而言,其較佳係使有機反應產物流體,以逆流方式 ___ -73- ______ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 一 ’一 _·' " llllllmm- … _ B7 五、發明説明(71 ) 通過篩盤提取塔中之水。本發明所採用之水量,以及與反 應產物流體接觸之時間,僅需要爲足以移除至少若干量會 造成所要有機亞磷酸酯配位體之水解性降解之磷酸性化合 物即可。此水量較佳爲足以至少保持此種酸性化合物之濃 度,低於會造成有機亞磷酸酯配位體快速降解之低限含量 Ο 如較佳水里係爲確保有機亞轉酸酯配位體之任何降 解係藉由非彳隹化性機制”進行之量,如在,,自動催化反應 ^動力學速率定律”,Mata_perez等人,化學離析期刊,第⑽卷, 第11期,1987年11月,第925至927頁中所述者,而非藉由該 論文中所述之”催化機制”。典型上最大水濃度僅受實際考 畺所支配如所出者,處理條件,如溫度、壓力及接觸 時間,亦可大爲改變,且此等條件之任何適當組合均可採 用糸本文中。例如,降低其中一個此種條件,可藉由增加 個或兩個其他條件而得到補償,而其相反關係亦爲眞實 。通常液體溫度範圍從約1〇。(3至約l2〇t,較佳爲約2〇乇至 約8(TC,且更佳爲約25。〇至約6(rc,對大部份情況應爲適 S的’惟若需要可採用較低或較高溫度。如上述,已令人 驚野地發現,有機亞磷酸酯配位體之最小損失,係發生在 將含有金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之反應產物流體 與酸私除物質接觸時,或與水接觸,然後將已接觸之水以 酸移除物質處理時,即使在高溫下亦然。通常,此項處理 係在壓力範圍從環境壓力至反應壓力下進行,且接觸時間 可從數秒或數分鐘改變至數小時或更多。 二----—- 本紙張尺度適用中關家標準(CNS) M規格(21()><297公#) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、11 509694 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 -75- 五、發明説明(72 ) 再者’於根據本發明自反應產物流體中移除嶙酸性化合 物上是否成功,可藉由度量存在於氫甲醯化反應媒質中之 有機亞磷酸酯配位體之降解(消耗)速率而測得。此消耗速 率可在寬廣範圍内改變,例如每天每升從約g 〇6至高達約 5克,且將受配位體成本與爲保持水解作用低於自動催化 程度之處理頻率兩者間之最良好折衷所支配。本發明之酸 私除物質與水處理較佳係以一種方式進行,以致使存在於 此方去之反應媒質中之所要有機亞磷酸酯配位體之消耗, 係保持在可接受之速率下、,例如每天每升克配位體, 且更佳爲每天每升g 〇·1克配位體,及最佳爲每天每升g 0.06克配位體。當進行磷酸性化合物在水中之中和與提取 時,水之pH値將會降低,且變得越來越具酸性。當水達到 無法令人接受之酸度程度時,可簡單地以新水置換。 本發明之較佳操作方法,係爲將醛移除前之所有或一部 份反應產物流體,或將醛移除後之反應產物流體濃縮物通 過水,並使經接觸之水經過一或多個酸移除物質床。或者 ,可將水喷霧至或以其他方式添加到至少一個反應區帶或 至少一個分離區帶中,以達成酸度控制。然後,可將所形 成之水層自反應產物流體中分離,例如傾析。此體系之一 項優點,係爲若酸度在反應產物流體中形成,則提取能力 旦即可採用。本發明並不意欲以任何方式受限於可容許的 用以使反應產物流體與水或水與酸移除物質接觸之裝置( 無論是反應區帶、分離區帶、洗氣區帶或酸移除區帶之内 部或外部)。 参紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2i0x297公釐) (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 509694 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 -76 - A7 B7 五、發明説明(73 ) 對本發明之目的而言,”未經接觸之水”係意欲包括未曾 與反應產物流體接觸之水’而’’經接觸之水"係意欲包括已 經與反應產物流體及/或酸移除物質接觸之水。 製備與本發明方法一起使用之未經接觸水之任何方式, 均可使用,只要此水實質上不含觸媒毒物、抑制劑或^在 觸媒溶液中促進不期望副反應之化合物即可。水處理技術 之摘述,可參閱KirkOthmer,化學技術百科全書,第四版,1996 〇 水處理應由評估此方法之水質需求開始。對於從含有金 屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之反應產物流體之酸提取 而言,所需要之水質通常爲鍋爐品質或更良好者。純化用 水之來源’在純度上可極大地改變,從含有圓木、淤泥及 其他碎屑之河水,至相對較純之水蒸汽冷凝液。若欲使用 河水,則純化係以最大片塊之過濾開始。篦或篩網可用於 此第一個過濾步驟。有多種技術可用以移除可能存在於水 中之其他固體,包括,·沉降、離心分離、過濾、凝聚、絮 凝、磁性分離或其組合。在獲得澄清水後,其餘經溶解之 固體,亦可以多種方式處理。蒸餾仍然是一般實施的。經 溶解之鹽可使用其他酸或驗處理,以沉澱某些化合物。所 添加之酸或鹼,係以將被製成之化合物之溶解度爲基準加 以選擇。離子交換爲另一種用以移除經溶解鹽之普及方法 。最常用之離子交換方法,係使用鈉作爲陽離子。使用質 子或經離子之其他離子交換技術,亦可採用。吸附作用可 用以移除一些金屬鹽及可能存在之有機化合物。活性碳常 木紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2ί〇Χ297公釐)509694 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (70) The reaction product fluid of phosphate complex coordination catalyst, in addition to the catalyst complex and its organic solvent, may contain products, free-state organic phosphite ligands, and The reactant and any other ingredients or additives of the reaction are consistent with the reaction medium of the method used to derive the reaction product fluid. Furthermore, removal of the desired aldehyde product can cause the concentration of other components of the reaction product fluid to increase proportionally. Therefore, for example, the concentration of an organic phosphite ligand in a reaction product fluid containing a metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst to be treated with water according to the method of the present invention may cover about 0.005 and 15 weight The range between percentages is based on the total weight of the reaction product fluid. The ligand concentration on this basis is preferably between 0.01 and 10 weight percent, and more preferably between about 0.05 and 5 weight percent. Similarly, the concentration of metal in the reaction product fluid containing metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst to be treated with water according to the method of the present invention can be as high as about 5000 parts by weight per million parts by weight of the reaction product. The weight of the fluid is the basis. The metal concentration is preferably a weight ratio between about 50 and 2500 parts per million, based on the weight of the reaction product fluid, and more preferably a weight ratio between about 70 and 2000 parts per million. The weight of the product fluid is based. Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The method of contacting the reaction product fluid containing metal-organic phosphite coordination catalyst with water, and the processing conditions For example, the amount of water, temperature, pressure, and contact time are not of critical importance, and obviously only need to be sufficient to obtain the desired result. For example, the process can be performed in any suitable vessel or container, such as any conventional liquid extractor of a suitable device that provides adequate contact between the organic reaction product fluid and water, and can be employed herein. Generally speaking, it is better to use organic reaction product fluid in countercurrent mode ___ -73- ______ This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs System A7-'a__' 'llllllmm-… _ B7 V. Description of the invention (71) Extract the water in the tower through the sieve tray. The amount of water used in the present invention, and the time of contact with the reaction product fluid, need only be sufficient to remove at least some amount of a phosphoric acid compound that will cause the hydrolytic degradation of the desired organic phosphite ligand. The amount of water is preferably sufficient to at least maintain the concentration of such acidic compounds, which is lower than the lower limit content that will cause rapid degradation of the organic phosphite ligands. Any degradation is carried out by a non-hybridizing mechanism "for the amount, such as ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, (,,,,,,,)), (Automata), kinetic-rate-law, Mataperez et al., Journal of Chemical Isolation, Volume VII, Issue 11, November 1987 , As described on pages 925 to 927, rather than by the "catalytic mechanism" described in the paper. Typically, the maximum water concentration is only governed by actual tests. The processing conditions, such as temperature, pressure, and contact time, can also vary greatly, and any appropriate combination of these conditions can be used in this article. For example, lowering one of these conditions can be compensated by adding one or two other conditions, and the opposite is true. Usually the liquid temperature ranges from about 10. (3 to about 120 t, preferably about 20 ° to about 8 ° C., and more preferably about 25 ° to about 6 ° (rc, which should be suitable for most cases) Use lower or higher temperature. As mentioned above, it has been surprisingly found that the smallest loss of organophosphite ligands occurs in the reaction product fluid containing the metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst. When in contact with acid scavengers, or in contact with water, and then the contacted water is treated with acid removal substances, even at high temperatures. Generally, this treatment is under pressure ranging from ambient pressure to reaction pressure And the contact time can be changed from seconds or minutes to hours or more. Two ----—- This paper size applies the Zhongguan Standard (CNS) M specification (21 () > < 297 公 # ) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page), 11 509694 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-75- V. Description of the invention (72) Furthermore, 'in the self-reaction product fluid according to the present invention The success of the removal of tritium acid compounds can be measured by the presence of hydroformylation reaction media. The rate of degradation (consumption) of the organophosphite ligand in the substrate can be measured. This consumption rate can be varied within a wide range, for example, from about g06 to up to about 5 grams per liter per day, and will be subject to coordination It is dominated by the best compromise between body cost and treatment frequency that keeps hydrolysis below the level of autocatalysis. The acid scavenger and water treatment of the present invention are preferably performed in a way that makes it present here The consumption of the desired organic phosphite ligand in the reaction medium is maintained at an acceptable rate, for example, per gram of ligand per liter per day, and more preferably 0.1 gram of ligand per gram per day. , And the best is 0.06 grams of ligand per liter per day. When the phosphate compound is neutralized and extracted in water, the pH of the water will decrease and become more and more acidic. When the water reaches no When the acidity is acceptable, it can be simply replaced with fresh water. The preferred operation method of the present invention is to remove all or part of the reaction product fluid before the aldehyde is removed, or the reaction product after the aldehyde is removed. The fluid concentrate passes through water and passes through The contacted water passes through one or more acid removal material beds. Alternatively, water can be sprayed or otherwise added to at least one reaction zone or at least one separation zone to achieve acidity control. The acidity control can then be applied. The formed water layer is separated from the reaction product fluid, such as decantation. One advantage of this system is that if the acidity is formed in the reaction product fluid, the extraction capacity can be used. The present invention is not intended in any way Limited to allowable devices (whether inside or outside the reaction zone, separation zone, scrubbing zone, or acid removal zone) to contact the reaction product fluid with water or water and acid removal materials . The paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (2i0x297 mm) (please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Order 509694 Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy -76-A7 B7 5 (73) For the purpose of the present invention, "untouched water" is intended to include water that has not been in contact with the reaction product fluid ', and "contacted water" is intended to include already Water in contact with the reaction product fluid and / or acid removal material. Any method of preparing uncontacted water for use with the method of the present invention can be used as long as the water is substantially free of catalyst poisons, inhibitors, or compounds that promote undesirable side reactions in the catalyst solution. For an overview of water treatment technology, see Kirk Othmer, Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Fourth Edition, 1996. Water treatment should begin by assessing the water quality requirements of this method. For acid extraction from reaction product fluids containing metal-organophosphite coordination catalysts, the required water quality is usually boiler quality or better. The source of the water for purification can vary greatly in purity, from river water containing roundwood, silt, and other debris to relatively pure water vapor condensate. If river water is to be used, purification begins with filtration of the largest piece. Rhenium or screens can be used for this first filtration step. A variety of techniques are available to remove other solids that may be present in the water, including, • sedimentation, centrifugation, filtration, coagulation, flocculation, magnetic separation, or a combination thereof. After obtaining clear water, the remaining dissolved solids can also be treated in a variety of ways. Distillation is still generally performed. The dissolved salts can be treated with other acids or assays to precipitate certain compounds. The added acid or base is selected based on the solubility of the compound to be made. Ion exchange is another popular method for removing dissolved salts. The most commonly used ion exchange method uses sodium as the cation. Other ion exchange techniques using protons or ions can also be used. Adsorption can be used to remove some metal salts and possible organic compounds. Standard of activated carbon paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (2ί〇 × 297 mm)

五、發明説明(74 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 作爲吸附劑使用°薄膜爲可用以移除㈣解鹽或其他膠體 粒子之又另—項技術。祕係以大小、電荷、疏水性或其 他物理-化學性質差異爲基礎進行分離。逆渗透爲使用薄 膜以純化水之一種實例。甚者鉍冷細户 ^ J右哥I,谷解氣體譬如氧存在,則 可將水以水蒸汽錢汽提',或使其接受眞空以移除或置換 經溶解I氣體:一種純化供酸移除所必須之未經接觸水之 較佳方法’係爲一些前述技術之組合。 使用添加劑以中和雜質之有害作用之内部技術,亦可用 以製備供二用於提取之未經接觸水,但在前段中所述之外 部技術係爲更佳的。 可採用於本發明中之經接觸水,可包括任何適當水,以 致使經接觸水之阳値範圍,可涵蓋從約2至約12, 为2.5至約1卜且更佳爲約3至約1〇。水經過提取器及/或 添加水到至少一個反應區帶及/或至少一個分離區帶之; 率m㈣水之pH値在所要之程度下1加水ς取器之流率,可造成―定量之-或多種產物自此製程中移 除,意即經過水流出物。 在本發明之-項較佳具體實施例中,可將藉水提取所移 除或多種醛產物回收,及返回製程中,如在圖】之士 程圖中所描繪者。例如,可使此—或多種醛產物返; 酸化製程中’其方式是以水蒸汽汽提來自提取器之水产出 物,並使凝結汽提塔頭部之有機相返回氫甲酸化製程;。 汽提塔頭部之水相可返回汽提塔進料中。汽提塔之尾 含有來自觸媒之酸性分解產物。 -77 - 木紙張尺度適财國國^準(Cn1TaS ( 210X297^11 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 一裝·V. Description of the invention (74 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standard Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs for use as an adsorbent ° Thin film is another technology that can be used to remove tritium salt or other colloidal particles. The secret is the size, charge, Separation is based on differences in hydrophobicity or other physical-chemical properties. Reverse osmosis is an example of the use of membranes to purify water. Even bismuth is used in cold households ^ J You Ge I. If a decomposing gas such as oxygen is present, water can be separated by Steam steam stripping, or allowing it to be emptied to remove or replace dissolved I gas: a preferred method of purifying the untouched water necessary for acid removal, is a combination of some of the foregoing techniques. Use of additives Internal technology that neutralizes the harmful effects of impurities can also be used to prepare untouched water for extraction, but the external technology described in the previous paragraph is more preferred. Contacted technology that can be used in the present invention Water may include any suitable water such that the range of impotence contacted with water may cover from about 2 to about 12, 2.5 to about 1 bu and more preferably about 3 to about 10. The water passes through the extractor and / Or add water to At least one reaction zone and / or at least one separation zone; the rate m㈣the pH of the water 値 to the desired extent the flow rate of the water extractor 1 can cause ―quantitative- or multiple products to be removed from this process Means the water effluent. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the aldehyde product removed or recovered by water extraction can be recovered and returned to the process, as shown in the chart of the taxi chart For example, this—or multiple aldehyde products—may be returned; in the acidification process, in which the water product from the extractor is stripped by steam and the organic phase at the head of the condensing stripper is returned to the hydroformylation process ;. The water phase at the head of the stripper can be returned to the feed of the stripper. The tail of the stripper contains the acidic decomposition products from the catalyst. -77-Wood paper scale suitable for the country ^ quasi (Cn1TaS (210X297 ^ 11 (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

、1T • -I- -1 i -1........ 8 509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(75 ) 以-或多種酸移除物質處理含有自反應產物流體移除之 磷酸性化合物之水,可以不會不適當且不利地影嚮用以衍 生該反應產物流體之基本方法之任何所要之適當方法或方 式進行。例如,此酸移除處理可對於所有或任一部份欲= 處理且已從至少一個反應區帶移除之水進行。然後,可使 經處理之水返回至少一個洗氣區帶。或者,可將水噴霧至 或以其他方式添加到至少一個反應區帶或至少一個分離區 帶中,以達成酸度控制。然後,可將所形成之水層自反^ 產物流體分離,例如傾析,並使用_或多種酸移除物質處 理,以移除磷酸性化合物。然後可將經處理之水返回至少 一個反應區帶或至少一個分離區帶。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 使含有自反應產物流體中移除之嶙酸性化合物之水與一 或多種酸移除物質接觸之方式,以及處理條件,譬如水量 、酸移除物質之數目與類型、溫度、壓力及接觸時間,並 非嚴密重要的,且顯然僅需要足以獲得所要結果即可。例 如,該處理可在任何適當器皿或容器中進行,其係提供一 種供水與一或多種酸移除物質充分接觸之適當裝置,可採 用於本文中。本發明所採用之水與酸移除物質之量,以及 接觸時間,僅需要爲足以移除至少若干量會造成所要有機 亞磷酸酯配位體之水解性降解之磷酸性化合物即可。水與 酸移除物質之量,較佳爲足以至少保持此種磷酸性化合物 之濃度,低於會造成有機亞磷酸酯配位體快速降解之低限 含量。亦較佳情況是,從洗氣區帶被送至酸移除區帶之水 部份’可以水在洗氣區帶中之两値爲基礎加以控制。 -78 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇Xπ?公襲) A7 B7 76 五、發明説明( 丨 ^--衣-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 以一或夕種酸移除物質處理反應產物流體,可以不會不 適當且不利地影嚮用以衍生該反應產物流體之基本方法之 任何所要之適當方法或方式進行。例如,此酸移除處理可 對於所有或任一部份欲被處理且已從至少一個反應區帶或 至少一個分離區帶移除之反應產物流體進行。然後,可使 經處理之反應產物流體返回至少一個洗氣區帶或至少一個 分離區帶。或者,可將酸移除物質,例如碳酸鈣,添加到 至少一個反應區帶或至少一個分離區帶中,以達成酸度控 制。然後,可將所形成之沉澱物自至少一個反應區帶或至 少一個分離區帶移除。 所採用之酸移除物質,在含有自反應產物流體中移除之 磷酸性化合物之水中,應具有限溶解度。於本發明之廣義 實施上,所謂”不溶性",吾人係意謂在本發明實作上所採 用之溫度下爲不溶性。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 可使用於本發明之酸移除物質之説明例,包括例如金屬 之氧化物、氫氧化物、碳酸鹽、重碳酸鹽及羧酸鹽。較佳 酸移除物質包括碳酸鹽,譬如碳酸鈣。可用於本發明之酸 移除物質’並非嚴密重要的,且可爲能夠有效地移除此種 在金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合物催化之方法中形成之磷 酸性化合物之任何化合物,且於是防止及/或減少有機亞 嶙酸酯配位體之水解性降解,及金屬·有機亞磷酸酯配位 錯合觸媒失活,其可能在採用金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯 合觸媒方法之過程期間發生。 較佳酸移除物質在水中具有低溶解度,並獲得磷酸鹽, 本紙張尺度適财_家A4規格(210x^^1T • -I- -1 i -1 ........ 8 509694 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (75) Treatment of phosphoric acid compounds containing-removed from the reaction product fluid with-or more acid removal substances The water may be carried out in an appropriate and undesired manner to any desired suitable method or manner of the basic method used to derive the reaction product fluid. For example, this acid removal treatment may be performed on all or any part of the water to be treated and removed from at least one reaction zone. The treated water can then be returned to at least one scrubbing zone. Alternatively, water can be sprayed or otherwise added to at least one reaction zone or at least one separation zone to achieve acidity control. The formed aqueous layer can then be separated from the product fluid, such as by decantation, and treated with one or more acid removal materials to remove phosphoric compounds. The treated water can then be returned to at least one reaction zone or at least one separation zone. Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economics to contact water containing one or more acid-removing substances containing phosphonium acidic compounds removed from the reaction product fluid, and the processing conditions, such as the amount of water and the number of acid-removing substances The type, temperature, pressure, and contact time are not critical and obviously need only be sufficient to achieve the desired result. For example, the treatment can be performed in any suitable vessel or container, which is a suitable device that provides a water supply with sufficient contact with one or more acid-removing substances, and can be used herein. The amount of water and acid removal substance used in the present invention, and the contact time, need only be sufficient to remove at least some amount of phosphoric acid compound that will cause hydrolytic degradation of the desired organic phosphite ligand. The amount of water and acid removal substance is preferably sufficient to maintain at least the concentration of such a phosphoric acid compound, which is lower than the lower limit content that would cause rapid degradation of the organic phosphite ligand. It is also preferred that the portion of water 'which is sent from the scrubbing zone to the acid removal zone can be controlled on the basis of water in the scrubbing zone. -78 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇Xπ? Public attack) A7 B7 76 V. Description of the invention (丨 ^-衣- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page} Treating the reaction product fluid with one or more acids to remove the substance will not unduly and adversely affect any requirement of the basic method used to derive the reaction product fluid Appropriate method or manner. For example, this acid removal treatment may be performed on all or any part of the reaction product fluid that is to be treated and has been removed from at least one reaction zone or at least one separation zone. Then, it may be Return the treated reaction product fluid to at least one scrubbing zone or at least one separation zone. Alternatively, an acid removal substance, such as calcium carbonate, may be added to at least one reaction zone or at least one separation zone to Achieving acidity control. The precipitate formed can then be removed from at least one reaction zone or at least one separation zone. The acid removal material used is in a fluid containing a self-reaction product. The water in which the phosphoric acid compound is removed should have limited solubility. In the broad implementation of the present invention, the so-called "insolubility" means that it is insoluble at the temperature used in the practice of the present invention. Central standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Illustrative examples of acid-removing substances that can be used in the present invention are printed by the Bureau's Consumer Cooperative, including, for example, oxides, hydroxides, carbonates, bicarbonates, and carboxylates of metals. Preferred acid-removing substances include carbonic acid Salts, such as calcium carbonate. The acid-removing substances that can be used in the present invention are not critical and can be effective in removing such phosphoric acid formed in a method catalyzed by metal-organophosphite complexes Compounds, and thus prevent and / or reduce the hydrolytic degradation of the organic phosphinate ligands and the inactivation of the metal-organic phosphite coordination catalysts, which may be the Occurs during the process of the phosphoric acid complex coordination catalyst method. It is preferred that the acid-removing substance has low solubility in water and obtains phosphate. 10x ^^

、發明説明(77 7在水中亦具有極低溶解度。構成酸移除物質之可容許金 f ’包括第2、11及12族金屬,選自鈣(Ca)、銀(Ag)、鋅(Zn) 寺。可用於本發明之金屬氧化物之説明例,包括例如氧化 鈣氧化銀、氧化鋅等。可用於本發明之氳氧化物之説明 幻包括例如氫氧化药、氫氧化鋅等。可用於本發明之碳 酸鹽之説明例,包括例如碳酸鈣、碳酸銀、碳酸鋅等。可 用於本發明之羧酸鹽之説明例,包括例如2_乙基己酸鈣。 適‘阪移除物質之説明例,包括在化學技術百 科全書,第四版,1996中所述之可容許酸移除物質,其相關 部份係併於本文供參考。 如上述,反應產物流體可含有至少若干量之各種磷酸性 化合物,例如玛卩〇3,醛酸類譬如羥烷基膦酸,h3P〇等, 及其他酸性化合物,例如羧酸類,譬如丁酸等。若_或多 種酸移除物質應會變成被羧酸飽和,則本發明方法仍可在 期望之低含量磷酸性化合物下操作。磷酸性化合物能夠置 換之程度愈強’則在本發明操作上來自酸移除物質之幾酸 類愈弱。 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 在本發明之具體實施例中,其涉及將一或多種足以自該 反應產物流體或咸已接觸水中移除至少若干量鱗酸性化人 物之酸移除物質,引進至少一個反應區帶、至少一個分離 區帶、至少一個洗氣區帶及/或至少一個酸移除區帶,以 處理至少一部份衍生自該方法且其亦含有在該方法期間形 成之嶙敗性化合物之反應產物流體,則在不同區帶中之任 何鹽之沉澱,可藉過濾移除或經沈積在載體上,及藉機械 —— _—------ - 80 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21^1^釐 1 ^ 一一~-- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(78 ) 裝置移除。而且,對羧酸鹽而言,可將羧酸添加至不同區 帶且當場轉化成羧酸鹽,或可將羧酸鹽本身直接添加至不 同區帶。 根據本發明自反應產物流體或水中移除嶙酸性化合物, 可簡易地經由使反應產物流體或水與一或多種酸移除物質 接觸而達成。酸移除物質相對於反應產物流體或水之量, 係依磷酸性化合物在反應產物流體或水中之量而定。酸移 除物質之量,僅需要足以降低磷酸性化合物濃度至所要數 値即可。以具有磷酸性化合物濃度爲每百萬份約1〇份之反 應產物流體或水標準物爲基準,以體積計,酸移除物質之 量爲每升待處理之反應產物流體或水約丨〇毫升酸移除物質 ’對於自反應產物流體或水中移除磷酸性化合物應已令人 滿意。 在一或多種酸移除物質與反應產物流體或含有自反應產 物流體中移除之磷酸性化合物之水間之接觸時間,僅需要 足以自水中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物即可。可將反應 產物流體與含有磷酸性化合物之水,以批次或連續(或半 連續)模式,與一或多種酸移除物質接觸。當以批次模式 操作時,其接觸較佳係涉及將反應產物流體或含有磷酸性 化合物之水,與一或多種酸移除物質撗;拌約0.01至約1〇小 時,更典型上爲約0.1至約5小時,接著爲任何已知分離技 術,例如沈降、離心、過濾或其類似方法。本發明較佳係 以連續模式實施,其方式是使反應產物流體或含有磷酸性 化合物之水,流經一或多個含有酸移除物質之床,例如固 —-----81 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 509694 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(79 ) 定床、移動床或流體化床,其液體流率範圍從每小時約01 至約100個床體積,更典型上爲每小時約1至約20個床體積 。本發明可採用任何經設計以供酸移除使用之習用裝置, 特殊設計是不需要的。於一或多種酸移除物質與反應產物 流體或含有磷酸性化合物之水間之適當接觸,對於獲得最 良好結果顯然是很重要的。正如熟諳此項技術者所明瞭的 ,一或多個酸移除物質床係用以自反應產物流體或水中移 除磷酸性化合物,直到在離開一或多個酸移除物質床之經 處理反應產物流體或水中之酸性化合物之含量(濃度)降至 所要數値爲止。 可用於本發明之酸移除物質床之數目,並非嚴密重要的 ’可採用一或多個酸移除物質床,例如一系列此種床,且 任何此種床可容易地按需要或想要方式移除及/或置換。 可視情況將有機氮化合物添加至反應產物流體中,例如 氫甲醯化反應產物流體,以清除在有機亞磷酸酯配位體水 解時所形成之酸性水解副產物,譬如在美國專利4,567,3〇6 中所陳述者。此種有機氮化合物可用以反應及中和酸性化 合物,經由與其形成轉化產物鹽,於是防止金屬例如鍺與 酸性水解副產物錯合,及因此當金屬(例如鍺)觸媒在反應 (例如氳甲醯化作用)條件下,存在於反應區帶中時,幫助 保護其活性。提供此項功能之有機氮化合物之選擇,一部 份係藉由使用鹼性物質之希求所指示,該物質係可溶於反 應媒質中,且不會有在顯著速率下催化醛醇及其他縮合產 物形成,或不適當地與產物例如醛反應之傾向。 ----— -82- 本紙張尺度適用中晒家標準(cns ) A4規格(--'~~—— - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、?! 509694 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 kl B7 五、發明説明(80 ) ^ ^ 此種有機氮化合物可含有2至30個碳原子,且較佳爲2至 24個碳原子。-級胺類應排除在外,不能作爲該有機氮化 合物使用。較佳有機氮化合物應具有有利於在有機相中溶 解度之分配係數。一般而言,可用以清除存在於本發明反 應產物流體中之磷酸性化合物之更佳有機氮化合物,係包 括具有pKa値在所採用經接觸水之阳値之±3内者。最佳情 況是,此有機氮化合物之pKa値基本上大約與所採用水之 pH値相同。當然,應明瞭雖然在一個時間下,於任何特定 方法中,較佳可採用只有一種此類有機氮化合物,但若需 要’在任何特定方法中亦可採用兩種或多種不同有機氮化 合物之混合物。 有機氮化合物之説明例’包括例如三燒基胺類,譬如三 乙胺、三_正_丙胺、三_正_丁胺、三_異丁胺、三-異丙胺 、三·正-己胺、三_正_辛胺、二甲基_異丙胺、二甲基十 六基胺、甲基_二-正_辛胺等,以及其含有一或多個非干 擾性取代基(譬如羥基)之經取代衍生物,例如三乙醇胺、 N·甲基_二_乙醇胺、參-(3-羥丙基)_胺等。雜環族胺類亦可 使用,譬如吡啶、甲基吡啶類、二甲基吡啶類、三甲基峨 啶類、N_甲基六氫吡啶、N-甲基嗎福啉、N-2,-經乙基嗎福 淋、p奎p林、異π奎淋、4 $琳、吖淀、奎寧環,以及二氮峻 類、三唑、二畊及三p井化合物等。亦適合而可能使用者, 爲芳族三級胺類,譬如N,N-二甲基苯胺、N,N-二乙基笨胺 、N,N-二甲基-對-甲苯胺、N-甲基二苯基胺、ν,Ν-二甲基 苄胺、Ν,Ν-二甲基-1-萘胺等。含有兩個或多個胺基之化合 _ -83- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(2i〇x297公釐) 丨 ^ ϊ··^衣-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、1Τ 509694 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 kl -*—一 B 7 ^ ^ ^ -------—------------------------------------ ---- 五、發明説明(81 ) 物,譬如N,N,N,,N,-四甲基乙二胺與三乙二胺(意即丨,4二氮 雙環幷-[2,2,2]_辛烷)亦可提及。 可用以清除存在於本發明反應產物流體中之磷酸性化合 物之較佳有機氮化合物,係爲選自包括二氮峻、三吐、二 呼及二呼之雜環族化合物,譬如在與本案同一日期提出申 叫之共待審美國專利申請案序號(23474234)中所揭示及採用 者’其揭示内容係併於本文供參考。例如,苯幷咪唑與苯 幷三唑係爲供此種用途之較佳候選者。 適當有機氮化合物之説明例,包括在,化學技 術百科全書,第四版,1996中所述之可容許有機氮化合物, 其相關邵份係併於本文供參考。 可存在於反應產物流體中以清除存在於本發明反應產物 流體中之磷酸性化合物之有機氮化合物之量,典型上爲足 以提供每升反應產物流體至少约0.0001莫耳自由態有機氮 化合物之濃度。一般而言,有機氮化合物對全部有機亞辨 酸酯配位體(無論是與鍺結合或以自由態有機亞磷酸酯存 在)之比例,係爲至少約(U ::[,且又更佳爲至少約〇 5 : i 。有機氮化合物用量之上限,主要僅受經濟考量所支配。 至少約1 · 1至南達約5 : 1之有機氮化合物:有機亞磷酸 酯莫耳比,對大部份目的而言,應已足夠。 應明瞭的是,用以清除該磷酸性化合物之有機氮化合物 ,不必與在嚴厲條件下用以保護金屬觸媒之雜環族氮化合 物相同’該嚴厲條件譬如存在於產物例如酸、汽化分 離器中,如在共待審美國專利專利申請案序號中 —-_______ - 84 - .............. 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(〇爾)六4規格(210\297公51 ’ —-------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) &gt;裝_ 509694 A.7 五、發明説明(82 ) 關於上又所陳述者。但是,若需要該有機氮化合物與該雜 環族氮化合物爲相同,且在特定方法中施行該兩種功能, 則應小心以明瞭有足量雜環族氮化合物存在於反應媒質中 ’及亦提供該數量之自由態雜環族氮化合物於此方法中, 例如氫甲醯化作用之汽化器_分離器,其將允許達成所要 之兩種功能。 因此,該水不僅將從含有金屬_有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合 觸媒之反應產物流體中移除自由態磷酸酸性化合物,該水 亦令人驚#地移除轉化產物鹽之嶙酸性物質,其係在採用 有機氮化合物清除劑時所形成,意即該轉化產物鹽之磷酸 仍然留在水中,而經處理之反應產物流體,伴隨著經再活 活化(自由您)之有機氮化合物,則返回反應區帶。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 丨«---— (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁;&gt; 當在此等方法中,例如連續液態觸媒再循環氫甲醯化方 法中,採用有機多亞磷酸酯配位體促進之金屬觸媒時,已 發現另一項問題,該方法係涉及嚴厲條件,譬如醛經由汽 化器-分離器回收,意即在觸媒之催化活性上之緩慢損2 咸認至少部份由於該嚴厲條件,譬如存在於醛產物自其反 應產物流體之分離與回收上所採用之汽化器中。例如/,'已 發現當將有機多亞磷酸酯促進之鍺觸媒置於嚴厲條件下時 ,譬如咼溫與低一氧化碳分壓下,該觸媒會隨著時間在加 速步伐下失活,其最可能是由於不活性或較不活性鍺物種 形成所致,其在長期曝露於此種嚴厲條件下亦可能易於、、冗 澱。此種証據亦與在氫甲醯化條件下之活性觸媒被認爲= 含鍺錯合物、有機多亞磷酸酯、—氧化碳及氫,在曝^二 I紙張尺度適用中國國云標率(0奶)八4規格(21〇\了97公釐)* 五 、發明説明( 83 A7 B7 份^/ 遭遇之嚴厲條件期間,會損失至少—部 配位〈―氧化碳配位體之觀點一致,其係提供形成催 失:不性或較不活性錄物種之途徑。用以防止此種觸媒 ^舌及/或沉料用或使其降至最低之裝置,係涉及進行 共待審美國專利申請案序號om.d中關於上述内容所 =及敎導之發明,其包括在低一氧化碳分壓條件下,於 /、、所揭7F之自由態雜環族氮化合物存在下,進行氫甲醯 化方法。 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製 。經由進一步解説,咸信自由態雜環族氮化合物係充作所 知失厂氧化碳配位體之替補配位體,#是在此種嚴厲條件 例如汽化分離期間,形成中性中間物金屬物種,其包含金 屬錯合物、有機多亞磷酸酯、雜環族氮化合物及氫,於是 防止形成任何此種上述催化上不活性或較不活性金屬物種 或使其降至最低。其進一步理論是,在整個此種連續液體 再循環氫甲醯化作用過程中,催化活性之維持,或其失活 之減到最低,係由於活性觸媒在所涉及之特定氫甲酸化方 法之反應器(意即氫甲醯化反應區帶)中,自該中性中間物 金屬物種之再生作用所致。咸信在反應器中之較高合成氣 壓氫甲醯化條件下,包含金屬(例如鍺)、有機多亞磷酸酯 二一氧化碳及氫之活性觸媒錯合物,係由於在反應物合成 氣中之一邯份一氧化碳,置換經再循環中性中間物鍺物種 足雜環族氮配位體而再生。換言之,對铑具有較強配位體 親和力之一氧化碳,會置換在如上述汽化分離期間形成之 再循環中性中間物鍺物種之較微弱地結合之雜環族氮配位 -86 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(2ί〇Χ297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 A7 ------- --- B7 五、發明説明(84 ) 體,於是在氫甲醯化反應器中再形成活性觸媒。 因此,由於此種嚴厲條件所致金屬觸媒失活之可能性, 係藉由在外加之自由態雜環族氮化合物存在下,進行此種 自含有金屬-有機多亞嶙酸酯觸媒之反應產物流體中蒸麵 所要產物而被降至最低或防止,該外加之化合物具有五或 六員雜環,包含2至5個碳原子及2至3個氮原子,至少一 個該氮原子含雙键。此種自由態雜環氮化合物種類可選自 包括二氮唑、三唑、二畊及三畊化合物,譬如苯并咪唑或 苯幷三峻等。於其中採用之”自由態” 一詞,當應用於該雜 環族氮化合物時,係排除此種雜環氮化合物之任何酸鹽, 意即藉由存在於反應產物流體中之任何磷酸性化合物與如 上文中討論之此種自由態雜環氮化合物反應所形成之鹽化 合物。 應明瞭的是,雖然其在一個時間下,於任何特定方法中 ,可較佳地僅採用一種自由態雜環族氮化合物,但若需要 ,亦可在任何特定方法中採用兩種或多種不同自由態雜環 氮化合物之混合物。再者,於嚴厲條件例如汽化程序期間 ,存在 &lt; 此種自由態雜環族氮化合物之量,僅需要爲供給 此種觸媒失活之至少一部份減到最低之基礎所必須之最小 f,譬如在基本上相同條件下,於任何自由態雜環族氮化 合物不存在下,於醛產物之汽化分離期間,由於進行相同 金屬催化 &lt; 液體再循環氫甲醯化方法所發現者。此種自由 態雜環氮化合物含量範園,從約〇〇1至高達約1〇重量百分 比,或右需要時較高,以欲被蒸餾之反應產物流體之總重 ------—-~—— ______- 87 - 本紙張尺度適用t @國家標準(CNS ) A4規; -—- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 聚· 、11 509694 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(85 ) 量爲基準,對大部份目的而言,應已足夠。 «反應產物流體轉移酸度至含水部份之一種替代方法, 係經由中間使用雜環族胺,其具有足夠大小之氟碳或矽氧 側鏈,其不可溶混於反應產物流體及含水部份兩者之中。 雜環族胺可首先與反應產物流體接觸,其中存在於反應產 物流體中之酸度,將被轉移至雜環族胺之氮。然後,可將 此雜環族胺層傾析,或在將其與含水部份接觸之前,以其 他方式與反應產物流體分離,其中其將再一次以個別相存 在。然後,可使雜環族胺層返回,以接觸反應產物流體。 對本發明之目的而言,&quot;烴” 一詞係意欲包括具有至少一 個氫及一個碳原子之所有可容許化合物。此種可容許化合 物亦可具有一或多個雜原子。在廣義方面,可容許烴類包 括非環狀(具有或未具有雜原子)與環狀,分枝與未分枝, 碳環族與雜環族,芳族與非芳族有機化合物,其可經取代 或未經取代。 於本文中使用之&quot;經取代&quot;一詞,係意欲包括有機化合物 之所有可容許取代基,除非另有述及。在廣義方面,此可 容許取代基係包括有機化合物之非環狀與環狀,分枝與未 分枝,碳環族與雜環族,芳族與非芳族取代基。取代基之 説明例包括例如烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、羥基、羥 烷基、胺基、胺烷基、卣素等,其中碳數範圍可從i至約 20,或更佳爲1至約12。對適當有機化合物而言,可容許 取代基可爲一或多個,且爲相同或不同。本發明並不意欲 以任何方式受限於有機化合物之可容許取代基。 --- -88- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(~----一~- I------«---^•批衣-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂· 509694 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(86 ) 提供某些下述實例,以進一步説明本發明。 實例1 使用氧化鋁上之碳酸鈣,以自水中移除羥基戊基膦酸。 於不銹鋼容器中泵送每百萬份130份之羥基戊基膦酸溶液 ,覆蓋在氧化鋁床上之5百分比碳酸鈣上。酸溶液之流率 爲〇·31克溶液/克CaC03於擔體上。將此等條件保持兩週。 進入酸移除床之酸溶液之pH値爲3.2。水流出物之pH値範 圍在9.2與11.3之間,其中大部份讀數在1〇·5與11.0之間。藉 感應偶合電漿技術度量磷與鈣之濃度。磷與鈣在入口酸溶 液中之濃度個別爲24 ppm及低於1 ppm重量比。蹲與#5在流 出水中之濃度係個別爲低於每百萬份1·1份,及每百萬份7〇 份重量比。於(0.31克溶液)/ (克CaC03與擔體)下操作兩週 後,使酸進料溶液之流率增加至(0.93克溶液)/ (克CaC03與 擔體)。水流出物之pH値係降至10.1,且在接下來之9天内 持續穩定降至8.65。 實例2 此對照實例係説明配位體F (如本文中所確認者)在含有 每百萬份200份鍺與〇·39重量%配位體F在含有醛二聚體與 三聚體之丁醛溶液中,於外加之酸或苯并咪唑不存在下之 安定性。 於乾淨、無水25毫升小玻瓶中,添加12克上述丁醛溶液 。於24及72小時後,使用高性能液相層析法,分析試樣之 配位體F。藉高性能液相層析法,相對於校準曲線測定配 位體F之重量百分比。於24或72小時後,未發現配位體f濃 -------**·裝-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂2. Description of the invention (77 7 also has very low solubility in water. The allowable gold f 'constituting the acid-removing substance includes metals of Groups 2, 11, and 12 and is selected from calcium (Ca), silver (Ag), and zinc (Zn ) Temple. Illustrative examples of metal oxides that can be used in the present invention include, for example, calcium oxide, silver oxide, zinc oxide, etc. Illustrative examples of erbium oxides that can be used in the present invention include, for example, hydroxides, zinc hydroxide, and the like. Can be used in Illustrative examples of the carbonate of the present invention include, for example, calcium carbonate, silver carbonate, zinc carbonate, etc. Illustrative examples of the carboxylates that can be used in the present invention include, for example, calcium 2-ethylhexanoate. Illustrative examples include the permissible acid-removing substances described in the Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Fourth Edition, 1996, the relevant parts of which are incorporated herein by reference. As mentioned above, the reaction product fluid may contain at least several amounts of various Phosphoric acid compounds, such as MAT03, uronic acids such as hydroxyalkylphosphonic acid, h3P0, etc., and other acidic compounds, such as carboxylic acids, such as butyric acid, etc. If one or more acids are removed, the substance should become carboxylic acid. Acid saturation, the present invention The method can still be operated at the desired low content of phosphoric acid compounds. The stronger the phosphoric acid compounds can be replaced, the weaker the acids from the acid removal substance in the operation of the present invention are. Printed (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) In the specific embodiment of the present invention, it involves removing at least some amount of scale acidification sufficient to remove one or more scales from the reaction product fluid or salty contact water. Character's acid removal material, introducing at least one reaction zone, at least one separation zone, at least one scrubbing zone, and / or at least one acid removal zone to treat at least a portion of the method derived from the method and which also The reaction product fluid containing the decaying compound formed during the process, the precipitation of any salt in different zones can be removed by filtration or deposited on the carrier, and by mechanical ----------- ----80-This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (21 ^ 1 ^^ 1 ^ 111) --- Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention ( 78) The device is removed. Moreover, for carboxylates, carboxylic acid can be added to different zones and converted on the spot to the carboxylate, or the carboxylate itself can be added directly to the different zones. Removal of acidic compounds from the reaction product fluid or water can be achieved simply by contacting the reaction product fluid or water with one or more acid removal substances. The amount of acid removal substance relative to the reaction product fluid or water is based on phosphoric acid The amount of the chemical compound in the reaction product fluid or water depends on the amount of the acid removal substance, and only needs to be sufficient to reduce the concentration of the phosphoric acid compound to the required number. Based on the reaction product fluid or water standard, the volume of acid removal material is about 0 ml of acid removal material per liter of reaction product fluid or water to be treated. For removal from reaction product fluid or water Phosphoric compounds should already be satisfactory. The contact time between one or more acid-removing substances and the reaction product fluid or water containing a phosphoric acid compound removed from the reaction product fluid need only be sufficient to remove at least some amount of the phosphoric acid compound from the water. The reaction product fluid can be contacted with one or more acid-removing substances in batch or continuous (or semi-continuous) mode with water containing a phosphoric compound. When operating in batch mode, its contact preferably involves removing the reaction product fluid or water containing a phosphate compound with one or more acids to remove the substance; mix for about 0.01 to about 10 hours, more typically about 0.1 to about 5 hours, followed by any known separation technique, such as sedimentation, centrifugation, filtration, or the like. The present invention is preferably implemented in a continuous mode by passing the reaction product fluid or water containing a phosphoric acid compound through one or more beds containing an acid-removing substance, such as solid Paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Order 509694 Printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Invention Description (79) A fixed bed, a moving bed, or a fluidized bed has a liquid flow rate ranging from about 01 to about 100 bed volumes per hour, and more typically from about 1 to about 20 bed volumes per hour. The present invention can be used with any conventional device designed for acid removal, and special designs are not required. Proper contact between one or more acid-removing substances and the reaction product fluid or water containing a phosphoric compound is obviously important to obtain the best results. As will be apparent to those skilled in the art, one or more acid removal material beds are used to remove phosphate compounds from the reaction product fluid or water until the treated reaction leaves the one or more acid removal material beds. The content (concentration) of acidic compounds in the product fluid or water is reduced to the required number. The number of acid-removing material beds that can be used in the present invention is not critical. One or more acid-removing material beds can be used, such as a series of such beds, and any such bed can be easily as needed or desired Way to remove and / or replace. Optionally, organic nitrogen compounds can be added to the reaction product fluid, such as a hydroformylation reaction product fluid, to remove acidic hydrolysis by-products formed during the hydrolysis of the organic phosphite ligand, such as in U.S. Patent 4,567,3. As stated in 6. Such organic nitrogen compounds can be used to react and neutralize acidic compounds by forming a conversion product salt therewith, thereby preventing metals such as germanium from being incompatible with acidic hydrolysis by-products, and therefore when metals (such as germanium) catalysts are reacting (such as beeze) Under the conditions of tritiation, it helps to protect its activity when present in the reaction zone. The choice of organic nitrogen compounds that provide this function is partially indicated by the desire to use basic substances that are soluble in the reaction medium and will not catalyze aldol and other condensations at significant rates Product formation or tendency to react inappropriately with products such as aldehydes. ----— -82- This paper size is applicable to the China Standard (cns) A4 specification (-'~~ ——-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page),?! 509694 Central Ministry of Economic Affairs Kl B7 printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Bureau of Standards V. Invention Description (80) ^ ^ This organic nitrogen compound may contain 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms.-Grade amines should be excluded , Can not be used as the organic nitrogen compound. Preferably the organic nitrogen compound should have a partition coefficient that is favorable for solubility in the organic phase. Generally speaking, a better organic compound that can be used to remove the phosphoric acid compound present in the reaction product fluid of the present invention Nitrogen compounds include those with a pKa 値 within ± 3 of the impotence used in contact with water. In the best case, the pKa 値 of this organic nitrogen compound is approximately the same as the pH 値 of the water used. Of course, the It is clear that although at any one time, in any particular method, it is preferred to use only one such organic nitrogen compound, it is also possible to use a mixture of two or more different organic nitrogen compounds in any particular method if desired Examples of organic nitrogen compounds include trialkylamines such as triethylamine, tri-n-propylamine, tri-n-butylamine, tri-isobutylamine, tri-isopropylamine, and tri-n-hexylamine. , Tri-n-octylamine, dimethyl_isopropylamine, dimethylhexadecylamine, methyl_di-n-octylamine, etc., and it contains one or more non-interfering substituents (such as hydroxyl) Substituted derivatives such as triethanolamine, N · methyl_di_ethanolamine, gins- (3-hydroxypropyl) _amine, etc. Heterocyclic amines can also be used, such as pyridine, methylpyridine, diamine Methylpyridines, trimethyleridine, N-methylhexahydropyridine, N-methylmorpholine, N-2, -ethylmorpholine, p-quinolin, iso-piquine, 4 Lin, acridine, quinine ring, as well as diazines, triazoles, two farming and three p well compounds, etc. It is also suitable and possible users, is aromatic tertiary amines, such as N, N-di Methylaniline, N, N-diethylbenzylamine, N, N-dimethyl-p-toluidine, N-methyldiphenylamine, ν, N-dimethylbenzylamine, N, N- Dimethyl-1-naphthylamine, etc. Compounds containing two or more amine groups--83- Standards are applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (2i0x297 mm) 丨 ^ ϊ ·· ^ clothing-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page), 1T 509694 Staff Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printing kl-*-a B 7 ^ ^ ^ ----------------------------------------- ------ ---- V. Description of the invention (81), such as N, N, N ,, N, -tetramethylethylenediamine and triethylenediamine (meaning 丨, 4 diazabicyclo幷-[2,2,2] _octane) can also be mentioned. Preferred organic nitrogen compounds that can be used to remove phosphoric compounds present in the reaction product fluid of the present invention are those selected from heterocyclic compounds including diazepine, triturate, dihalf, and dihalf. For example, in the same case as the present case The disclosure and adoption of the co-pending US patent application serial number (23474234) filed on the date of filing, whose disclosure is incorporated herein by reference. For example, benzimidazole and benzimidazole are better candidates for this purpose. Illustrative examples of suitable organic nitrogen compounds include the permissible organic nitrogen compounds described in Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Fourth Edition, 1996, and related references are incorporated herein by reference. The amount of organic nitrogen compounds that may be present in the reaction product fluid to remove the phosphoric compounds present in the reaction product fluid of the present invention is typically a concentration sufficient to provide at least about 0.0001 moles of free organic nitrogen compounds per liter of reaction product fluid . In general, the ratio of organic nitrogen compounds to all organic phosphite ligands (whether bound to germanium or present as free organic phosphite) is at least about (U :: [, and better It is at least about 05: i. The upper limit of the amount of organic nitrogen compounds is mainly governed only by economic considerations. The organic nitrogen compound: organic phosphite Morse ratio of at least about 1.1 to Nanda is about 5: 1. For some purposes, it should be sufficient. It should be clear that the organic nitrogen compound used to remove the phosphoric compound need not be the same as the heterocyclic nitrogen compound used to protect the metal catalyst under severe conditions. For example, it exists in products such as acid and vaporizers, as in the serial number of co-pending US patent applications —-_______-84-........ This paper size applies to China Standard (〇 尔) 6 4 specifications (210 \ 297 male 51 '—-------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) &gt; equipment_ 509694 A.7 V. Description of the invention ( 82) Regarding those stated above, however, if the organic nitrogen compound and the The cyclic nitrogen compounds are the same, and perform these two functions in a specific method, then care should be taken to understand that a sufficient amount of heterocyclic nitrogen compounds are present in the reaction medium 'and that this amount of free-state heterocyclic nitrogen compounds is also provided In this method, for example, a vaporizer-separator for hydroformylation, which will allow the two desired functions to be achieved. Therefore, the water will not only be a reaction product containing a metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst The free-state phosphoric acidic compound is removed from the fluid, and the water is surprisingly #removed from the acidic substance of the conversion product salt, which is formed when an organic nitrogen compound scavenger is used, meaning that the phosphoric acid of the conversion product salt is still It remains in the water, and the processed reaction product fluid, along with the reactivated (free you) organic nitrogen compounds, returns to the reaction zone. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 丨 «---- ( Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page; &gt; When using these methods, such as continuous liquid catalyst recycling hydrogen methylation method, organic polyphosphite coordination is used Another problem has been found when metal catalysts promoted by the catalyst are used. This method involves severe conditions, such as the recovery of aldehydes via a vaporizer-separator, which means that the catalyst ’s catalytic activity is slowly lost. This severe condition exists, for example, in a vaporizer used for the separation and recovery of aldehyde products from their reaction product fluids. For example, 'It has been found that when an organic polyphosphite promoted germanium catalyst is placed under severe conditions, For example, under high temperature and low carbon monoxide partial pressure, the catalyst will inactivate at an accelerated pace over time. It is most likely due to the formation of inactive or less reactive germanium species. It is exposed to such severe conditions for a long time. It may also be easy and redundant. This evidence is also considered to be active catalysts under hydroformylation conditions = germanium-containing complexes, organic polyphosphites, carbon oxides and hydrogen. II I paper scale applies to China National Cloud Standard (0 milk) 8 4 specifications (21〇 \ 97 mm) * 5. Description of the invention (83 A7 B7 copies ^ / During the severe conditions encountered, at least-part allocation Position <―View of carbon oxide ligand They are consistent in that they provide a way to generate catastrophic: non-sexual or less active species. The device for preventing or minimizing the use of such catalysts and / or sinkers is an invention involving co-pending U.S. patent application serial number om.d regarding the above contents and guidance, It includes performing a hydroformylation method in the presence of a free state heterocyclic nitrogen compound of 7F under the conditions of low carbon monoxide partial pressure. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. By further explanation, the free-form heterocyclic nitrogen compound is believed to be a substitute ligand for known off-site carbon oxide ligands. # Is a neutral intermediate metal species that is formed during such severe conditions such as vaporization separation It contains metal complexes, organic polyphosphites, heterocyclic nitrogen compounds and hydrogen, thus preventing or minimizing the formation of any such catalytically inactive or less reactive metal species. The further theory is that the maintenance of catalytic activity, or the minimization of its deactivation, throughout the continuous liquid recirculation hydroformylation process is due to the fact that the active catalyst is involved in the particular hydroformylation process involved In the reactor (meaning the hydroformylation reaction zone), it is caused by the regeneration of the neutral intermediate metal species. Xianxin's active catalyst complex containing metals (such as germanium), organic polyphosphite carbon monoxide, and hydrogen under the conditions of high synthesis pressure hydroformylation in the reactor is due to the presence in the reactant synthesis gas One of the carbon monoxide is replaced by the recycled neutral intermediate germanium species foot heterocyclic nitrogen ligand. In other words, carbon oxide, which has a strong ligand affinity for rhodium, will replace the weakly bound heterocyclic nitrogen coordination of the recycled neutral intermediate germanium species formed during the above-mentioned vaporization separation -86-(please first Read the notes on the reverse side and fill out this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (2ί297 × 297 mm) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 509694 A7 -------- -B7 V. Description of the invention (84) body, then active catalyst is formed in the hydroformylation reactor. Therefore, due to the possibility of inactivation of the metal catalyst due to such severe conditions, the reaction of the self-containing metal-organic polyphosphite catalyst is carried out in the presence of an additional free-state heterocyclic nitrogen compound. The desired fluid is evaporated or minimized in the product fluid, and the additional compound has a five- or six-membered heterocyclic ring, containing 2 to 5 carbon atoms and 2 to 3 nitrogen atoms, and at least one of the nitrogen atoms contains a double bond . Such free-state heterocyclic nitrogen compounds can be selected from the group consisting of diazoles, triazoles, second crops, and third crops, such as benzimidazole or benzamidine. As used herein, the term "free state", when applied to the heterocyclic nitrogen compound, excludes any acid salts of such heterocyclic nitrogen compounds, that is, by any phosphate compounds present in the reaction product fluid Salt compounds formed by reaction with such free-state heterocyclic nitrogen compounds as discussed above. It should be understood that although it is preferred to use only one free-state heterocyclic nitrogen compound at any one time in any particular method, two or more different ones may be used in any particular method if desired. A mixture of free state heterocyclic nitrogen compounds. Furthermore, during severe conditions, such as during the vaporization process, the amount of such free-state heterocyclic nitrogen compounds present is only required to be the minimum necessary to provide a basis for minimizing at least a portion of this catalyst inactivation f, for example, found under substantially the same conditions in the absence of any free-state heterocyclic nitrogen compound during the vaporization separation of the aldehyde product due to the same metal-catalyzed &lt; liquid recirculation hydroformylation method. The content of such free-state heterocyclic nitrogen compounds ranges from about 0.001 to as high as about 10 weight percent, or higher when needed, so that the total weight of the reaction product fluid to be distilled ------- -~ —— ______- 87-This paper size is applicable to t @National Standards (CNS) A4 regulations; ---- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Poly, 11 509694 A7 B7 Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Employee Consumption Cooperative 5. The quantity of invention description (85) is the benchmark, which should be sufficient for most purposes. «An alternative method for transferring the acidity of the reaction product fluid to the water content is through the use of heterocyclic amines in the middle, which have sufficient fluorocarbon or siloxane side chains that are immiscible in both the reaction product fluid and the water content Among those. The heterocyclic amine may be first contacted with the reaction product fluid, and the acidity present in the reaction product fluid will be transferred to the nitrogen of the heterocyclic amine. This heterocyclic amine layer can then be decanted or otherwise separated from the reaction product fluid before contacting it with the aqueous portion, where it will once again exist in individual phases. The heterocyclic amine layer can then be returned to contact the reaction product fluid. For the purposes of the present invention, the term &quot; hydrocarbon &quot; is intended to include all permissible compounds having at least one hydrogen and one carbon atom. Such permissible compounds may also have one or more heteroatoms. In a broad sense, Permissible hydrocarbons include acyclic (with or without heteroatoms) and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and non-aromatic organic compounds, which may be substituted or unsubstituted Substitution. The term &quot; substituted &quot; as used herein is intended to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds, unless stated otherwise. In a broad sense, this permissible substituent includes the noncyclic ring of organic compounds. Shaped and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and non-aromatic substituents. Examples of substituents include alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, Hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, amine, amine alkyl, halogen, etc., wherein the carbon number may range from i to about 20, or more preferably from 1 to about 12. For suitable organic compounds, the allowable substituents may be One or more, and they are the same or different. It is not intended to be limited in any way by the permissible substituents of organic compounds. --- -88- This paper size applies Chinese national standards (~ ---- 一 ~-I ------ «--- ^ • Approval-(Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Order · 509694 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Invention Description (86) Provide some of the following examples to further Illustrate the invention. Example 1 Use calcium carbonate on alumina to remove hydroxypentylphosphonic acid from water. Pump 130 parts of hydroxypentylphosphonic acid solution per million parts in a stainless steel container and cover the alumina bed 5% calcium carbonate. The flow rate of the acid solution is 0.31 g solution / g CaC03 on the support. These conditions are maintained for two weeks. The pH of the acid solution entering the acid removal bed is 3.2. Water flows out The pH range of the substance is between 9.2 and 11.3, and most of the readings are between 10.5 and 11.0. The concentration of phosphorus and calcium is measured by the induction coupling plasma technology. The concentration of phosphorus and calcium in the inlet acid solution Individual weight ratios are 24 ppm and less than 1 ppm. The concentration of squat and # 5 in the effluent is individually low. 1.1 parts per million and 70 parts by weight per million parts. After two weeks of operation at (0.31 g solution) / (g CaC03 and support), the flow rate of the acid feed solution was increased. To (0.93 g solution) / (g CaC03 and support). The pH of the water effluent has decreased to 10.1 and has continued to stabilize to 8.65 over the next 9 days. Example 2 This comparative example illustrates ligand F (As confirmed herein) in a butyraldehyde solution containing 200 parts of germanium and 0.39% by weight of ligand F per million parts in a butyraldehyde solution containing aldehyde dimers and trimers, in addition to an acid or benzo Stability in the absence of imidazole. In a clean, anhydrous 25 ml vial, add 12 g of the butyraldehyde solution. After 24 and 72 hours, the sample was analyzed for ligand F using high performance liquid chromatography. The weight percentage of ligand F was determined by high performance liquid chromatography relative to a calibration curve. After 24 or 72 hours, no concentration of ligand f was found ------- ** · pack-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order

509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(87 度上之改變。 實例3 此實例係類似實例2,惟添加磷酸以模擬可能在有機亞 磷酸酯水解期間形成之酸類型。 重複實例2之程序,但其修改是添加0.017克亞磷酸(H3P〇3) 至12克溶液中。於24小時後,配位體F之濃度已從〇·39降至 0.12重量% ;於72小時後,配位體F之濃度已降至〇 〇4重量 %。此數據顯示強酸會催化配位體F之分解。 實例4 此實例係類似實例2,惟添加磷酸與苯幷咪峻。 重複實例2之程序,但其修改是添加〇〇18克亞轉酸與 0.0337克苯幷咪唑至溶液中。於24或72小時後,未發現配 位體F分解。這顯示添加苯幷咪唑會有效地缓衝強酸之作 用,並藉以防止配位體F之快速分解。 實例t 進行下述一系列實驗,以測定在與等莫耳酸水溶液接觸 時,鹼之PKa値對鹼保留在有機相中之有效性之關係。在 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 所有情況中,實驗係於氮氣下施行,除非另有指明。 製備溶液,其方式是使-數量之酸或驗溶料溶劑中, 以致使最後濃度等㈣莫耳/升。經由採用W莫耳/升 溶液之液份,並稀釋至所指定之濃度,製備ΐχΐ〇_3莫耳/ 升落液。以如同1 χ 1〇·3莫耳/升、'灸 天卞/开岭瑕您相同方式,製備 1χ10_5莫耳/升溶液,其修正是 丨3^斤』 份1 X 1(Γ 3莫耳/升 溶液,替代0.1莫耳/升溶液。509694 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (87-degree change. Example 3 This example is similar to Example 2, except that phosphoric acid was added to simulate the type of acid that may be formed during the hydrolysis of the organic phosphite. The procedure of Example 2 was repeated, but modified 0.017 g of phosphorous acid (H3P〇3) was added to a solution of 12 g. After 24 hours, the concentration of ligand F had decreased from 0.39 to 0.12% by weight; after 72 hours, the concentration of ligand F It has been reduced to 0.004% by weight. This data shows that strong acid will catalyze the decomposition of ligand F. Example 4 This example is similar to Example 2, except that phosphoric acid and benzamidine are added. The procedure of Example 2 was repeated, but the modification was Add 0.018 g of sub-transacid and 0.0337 g of benzimidazole to the solution. After 24 or 72 hours, no decomposition of ligand F was found. This shows that the addition of benzimidazole effectively buffers the effect of strong acids and thereby Prevent rapid decomposition of ligand F. Example t The following series of experiments were performed to determine the relationship of the effectiveness of the base PKa 値 to the retention of the base in the organic phase when contacted with an aqueous solution of isomolar acid. Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page.) In all cases, experiments are performed under nitrogen, unless otherwise specified. Solutions are prepared by placing -amount of acid or solvent in the solvent so that The final concentration is equal to mol / liter. By using a W mol / liter solution and diluting to the specified concentration, ΐχΐ〇_3 mol / liter liquid is prepared. Ear / liter, 'Moxibustion Tianji / Kailing Defect', you prepare a 1x10_5 mole / liter solution in the same way, and the correction is 丨 3 ^ jin ”parts 1 X 1 (Γ 3 mole / liter solution, instead of 0.1 mole / liter Liter of solution.

509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(88509694 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (88

於各提取實驗中,將5毫升驗在丁酸中之溶液添加至乾 淨、乾燥小玻瓶中。於此小玻瓶中,添加5毫升等莫耳 馬PO3溶液。將所形成之混合物迅速振|數分鐘,然後使 其相分離。然後,將1毫升水層液份轉移至乾淨、乾燥小 破瓶中。於此小玻瓶中,添加1毫升pH値7之鈉/磷酸鉀 緩衝液,及0.1亳升Tergitol⑧15-S-9界面活性劑。將溶液激烈 振盪,並藉高性能液相層析法分析一液份之鹼含量。然後 ’將此驗量與在起始濃度下之二氣甲燒溶液比較。經計算 之分配係數,係爲分配鹼從有機相至水相,且被定義爲 驗在水相中之量/鹼在有機相中之量。提取實驗之結 果係摘錄於表Α中。 表A (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ---^_裝- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 操作 驗 驗之 pKa値 濃度 (莫耳/升) 1 2-罕基ρ比淀 5.1 1 X 10_3 2 2-节基ρ比淀 5.1 1 X 10'5 3 口奎琳 4.8 1χ1(Γ3 4 4.8 1 X 10'5 5 3-乙酿ρ比淀 3.3 1 X 10'3 6 3-乙酿ρ比淀 3.3 1 X 10'5 7 苯幷三峻 1.6 1 X 10'3 8 苯并三嗤 1.6 1 X 10&quot;5 9 1-爷基-2_四 氫ρ比咯酮 -0.7 1 X 10·3 10 1-节基-2-四 氫峨洛酮 -0.7 lxl(T5 —^農度 (莫耳/升) η3ρο3 1 x ΙΟ'3 0.22 η3ρο3 1 X ΙΟ'5 0.30 η3ρ〇3 1 X ΙΟ'3 0.43 η3ρο3 1 χ ΐ〇_5 1.20 η3ρο3 1 χ ίο-3 0.93 η3ρ〇3 1 χ ΐ〇~5 0.00 η3ρο3 ι χ ίο-3 0.08 η3ρο3 ι χ ι〇&quot;5 0.00 Η3Ρ〇3 ι χ ι〇&quot;3 0.02 Η3ΡΟ3 !χΐ0'5 ^— 0.00 μ — μ %,肀之鹼愈多。雖然本發明已藉由某些前述實例説明,不得解釋爲被 -91 - 本紙張尺度適In each extraction experiment, 5 ml of a solution in butyric acid was added to a dry, dry vial. In this vial, 5 ml of iso-Mormon PO3 solution was added. The resulting mixture was quickly shaken for several minutes and then the phases were allowed to separate. Then, transfer 1 ml of the aqueous layer to a clean, dry, broken bottle. In this vial, 1 ml of sodium / potassium phosphate buffer at pH 値 7 and 0.1 liter of Tergitol 界面 15-S-9 surfactant were added. The solution was shaken vigorously, and the alkali content of one liquid was analyzed by high performance liquid chromatography. Then 'compare this test with the digas solution at the initial concentration. The calculated distribution coefficient is the distribution of the alkali from the organic phase to the aqueous phase, and is defined as the amount tested in the aqueous phase / the amount of alkali in the organic phase. The results of the extraction experiments are summarized in Table A. Table A (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) --- ^ _ 装-pKa 値 concentration (Moore / liter) printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1 2-Hanji ρ ratio lake 5.1 1 X 10_3 2 2-segment ρ ratio lake 5.1 1 X 10'5 3 Koulin 4.8 1χ1 (Γ3 4 4.8 1 X 10'5 5 3-ethyl ρ ratio lake 3.3 1 X 10'3 6 3-Ethyl-pyridine 3.3 1 X 10'5 7 Phenylpyrene 1.6 1 X 10'3 8 Benzotripyrene 1.6 1 X 10 &quot; 5 9 1-Feyl-2_tetrahydrop-pyrrolidone -0.7 1 X 10 · 3 10 1-benzyl-2-tetrahydroerone-0.7 lxl (T5 — ^ Agronomy (mol / liter) η3ρο3 1 x ΙΟ'3 0.22 η3ρο3 1 X ΙΟ'5 0.30 η3ρ 〇3 1 X ΙΟ'3 0.43 η3ρο3 1 χ ΐ〇_5 1.20 η3ρο3 1 χ ίο-3 0.93 η3ρ〇3 1 χ ΐ〇 ~ 5 0.00 η3ρο3 ι χ ίο-3 0.08 η3ρο3 ι χ ι〇 &quot; 5 0.00 Η3Ρ 〇3 ι χ ι〇 &quot; 3 0.02 Η3ΡΟ3! Χΐ0'5 ^ — 0.00 μ — μ%, the more the alkali is. Although the present invention has been illustrated by some of the foregoing examples, it should not be interpreted as being -91-this paper Scale

、1T 509694 A7 B7 五、發明説明(89 ) 其限制;而是,本發明係涵蓋如前文所揭示之一般領域。 各種修正與具體實施,在未偏離其精神與範園下均可施行 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) _裝-1T 509694 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (89) Its limitations; instead, the invention covers the general field as disclosed above. Various amendments and specific implementation can be implemented without departing from its spirit and fan garden (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) _ 装-

、1T 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2i0X297公釐)、 1T Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (2i0X297 mm)

Claims (1)

509694509694 A8 B8 C8 D8 申請專利範圍 1· 一種從含有一或多種磷酸性化合物、金屬-有機亞磷酸 酯配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸醋配 位體之反應產物流體中分離該一或多種鱗酸性化合物之 方法’此方法包括(a)使用足以自該反應產物流體中移 除至少若干量該一或多種磷酸性化合物之水,處理該反 應產物流體’與(b)將含有自該反應產物流體中移除之 磷酸性化合物之水,使用足以自該水中移除至少若干量 該一或多種磷酸性化合物之酸移除物質處理。 2· —種使有機亞磷酸酯配位體抵抗水解性降解及/或金屬 -有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒抵抗失活作用之安定化方 法’此方法包括(a)使用足以自反應產物流體中移除至 少若干量一或多種磷酸性化合物之水,處理含有金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有機 亞鱗版g曰配位體且亦含有一或多種碑酸性化合物之反應 產物/死體’與(b)將含有自該反應產物流體中移除之磷 酸性化合物之水,使用足以自該水中移除至少若干量該 一或多種磷酸性化合物之酸移除物質處理。 3. 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 一種防止及/或減少有機亞磷酸酯配位體之水解性降解 及/或金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒之失活作用之 方法,此方法包括(a)使用足以自反應產物流體中移除 至少若干量一或多種磷酸性化合物之水,處理含有金屬 •有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒及視情況選用之自由態有 機亞磷敗酯配位體且亦含有一或多種嶙酸性化合物之反 應產物流體,與(b)將含有自該反應產物流體中移除之 - 93 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇&gt;&lt;297公釐) 509694 A8 B8 C8 D8 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 六、申請專利範圍 嶙酸性化合物之水,使用足以自該水中移除至少若干量 該一或多種鱗酸性化合物之酸移除物質處理。 4· 一種改良方法,其包括在金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合 觸媒與視情況選用之自由態有機亞嶙酸g旨配位體存在下 ,使一或多種反應物反應,以產生包含一或多種產物之 反應產物流體’其改良事項包括防止及/或減少有機亞 磷酸酯配位體之水解性降解,及金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配 位錯合觸媒之失活作用,其方式是使用足以自該反應產 物流體中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之一或多種酸移 除物質,處理至少一部份衍生自該方法且亦含有在該方 法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流體。 5·根據申請專利範園第4項之改良方法,其包括①在至少 一個反應區帶中,於金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒 及視情況選用之自由態有機亞鱗酸酯配位體存在下,使 一或多種反應物反應,以產生包含一或多種產物之反應 產物流體,及(ii)在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一 個反應區帶中,自該反應產物流體分離一或多種產物, 其改良事項包括防止及/或減少任何該有機亞磷酸酯配 位體之水解性降解及該金屬-有機亞嶙酸酯配位錯合觸 媒之失活作用’其方式是(a)在至少一個洗氣區帶中, 使用足以自反應產物流體中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合 物之水,處理至少一部份衍生自該方法且亦含有在該方 法期間形成之鱗酸性化合物之反應產物流體,與(b)在 -至少一個酸移除區帶中,將至少一部份含有自該反應產 -94- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ''~' (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) Ur 裝· 、?τ 509694 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 物流體中移除之磷酸性化合物之水,使用足以自該水中 移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之酸移除物質處理。 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 6.根據申請專利範圍第4項之改良方法,其包括④在至少 一個反應區帶中,於金屬·有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒 及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體存在下,使 一或多種反應物反應’以產生含有一或多種產物之反應 產物流體,及(ii)在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一 個反應區帶中,自該反應產物流體分離一或多種產物, 其改良事項包括防止及/或減少任何該有機亞磷酸酯配 位體之水解性降解及該金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸 媒之失活作用,其方式是(a)在至少一個酸移除區帶中 ’使用足以自反應產物流體中移除至少若干量轉酸性化 合物之一或多種酸移除物質,處理至少一部份衍生自該 方法且亦含有在該方法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之反應 產物流體,(b)使已經處理之反應產物流體返回該至少 一個反應區帶或該至少一個分離區帶。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 7·根據申请專利範園第4項之改良方法,其包括①在至少 一個反應區帶中,於金屬·有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒 及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體存在下,使 一或多種反應物反應,以產生包含一或多種產物之反應 產物流體,及⑼在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一 個反應區帶中,自該反應產物流體分離一或多種產物, 其改良事項包括防止及/或減少任何該有機亞磷酸酯配 位體之水解性降解及該金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸 -95- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 媒之失活作用,其方式是⑻在至少一個洗氣區帶中, 使用足以自反應產物流體中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合 物之水,處理至少一邵份衍生自該方法且亦含有在該方 法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流體,⑼使已 經處理之反應產物流體返回該至少一個反應區帶或該至 少一個分離區帶,(C)在至少一個酸移除區帶中,使用 足以自該水中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之一或多種 酸移除物質,處理至少一部份含有自該反應產物流體中 移除之磷酸性化合物之水,及⑼使經處理之水返回該 至少一個洗氣區帶。 8·根據申請專利範圍第4項之改良方法,其包括①在至少 一個反應區帶中,於金屬_有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒 及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體存在下,使 一或多種反應物反應,以產生包含一或多種產物之反應 產物流體’及(ii)在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一 個反應區帶中’自該反應產物流體分離一或多種產物, 其改良事項包括防止及/或減少任何該有機亞磷酸酯配 位體之水解性降解及該金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸 媒之失活作用,其方式是⑻自該至少一個反應區帶或 該至少一個分離區帶,取出至少一部份衍生自該方法且 亦含有在該方法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流 體,(b)在至少一個酸移除區帶中,使用足以自反應產 物流體中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之一或多種酸移 除物質,處理至少一部份衍生自該方法且亦含有在該方 __ -96-____ 紙張尺度適财賴家縣(CNS ) A4規格(21GX297公釐 1 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之經取出反應產物流體,及 ⑹使已經處理之反應產物流體返回該至少一個反應區 帶或該至少一個分離區帶,及(d)視情況置換該一或多 種酸移除物質。 9.根據申請專利範圍第4項之改良方法,其包括(i)在至少 一個反應區帶中,於金屬·有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒 及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體存在下,使 一或多種反應物反應,以產生包含一或多種產物之反應 產物流體,及(ii)在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一 個反應區帶中,自該反應產物流體分離一或多種產物, 其改良事項包括防止及/或減少任何該有機亞稱酸酯配 位體之水解性降解及該金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸 媒之失活作用,其方式是(a)自該至少一個反應區帶或 該至少一個分離區帶,取出至少一部份衍生自該方法且 亦含有在該方法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流 體,(b)在至少一個洗氣區帶中,使用足以自反應產物 流體中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之水,處理至少一 部份衍生自該方法且亦含有在該方法期間形成之磷酸性 化合物之經取出反應產物流體,(c)使已經處理之反應 產物流體返回該至少一個反應區帶或該至少一個分離區 帶,(d)自該至少一個洗氣區帶中,取出至少一部份該 含有自該反應產物流體中移除之磷酸性化合物之水,(e) 在至少一個酸移除區帶中,使用足以自該水中移除至少 若干量轉酸性化合物之一或多種酸移除物質,處理至少 ___ 瞧97麵 本紙張尺度適用中家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ' (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .裝· 、tT i 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 A8 B8 C8 D8 穴、申請專利托圍 一部份含有自該反應產物流體中移除之磷酸性化合物之 經取出水,(f)使已經處理之水返回該至少一個洗氣區帶 ,及(g)視情況置換該一或多種酸移除物質。 10·根據申請專利範圍第4項之改良方法,其包括(i)在至少 一個反應區帶中,於金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒 及視情況選用之自由態有機亞璘酸酯配位體存在下,使 一或多種反應物反應,以產生包含一或多種產物之反應 產物流體,及(ii)在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一 個反應區帶中,自該反應產物流體分離一或多種產物, 其改良事項包括防止及、/或減少任何該有機亞嶙酸酯配 位體之水解性降解及該金屬-有機亞璘酸酯配位錯合觸 媒之失活作用,其方式是在該至少一個反應區帶及/或 該至少一個分離區帶中,引進足以自該反應產物流體中 移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之一或多種酸移除物質, 處理至少一部份衍生自該方法且亦含有在該方法期間形 成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流體。 11·根據申請專利範圍第4項之改良方法,其包括①在至少 一個反應區帶中,於金屬_有機亞瑪酸酯配位錯合觸媒 及視情況選用之自由態有機亞磷酸酯配位體存在下,使 一或多種反應物反應,以產生包含一或多種產物之反應 產物流體,及⑼在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一 個反應區帶中,自該反應產物流體分離一或多種產物, 其改良事項包括防止及/或減少任何該有機亞磷酸酯配 位體之水解性降解及該金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸 -98 - 本紙張尺度適用中晒家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21GX 297公釐)' ~麵 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· 訂· 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 A8 B8 C8 D8 5、申請專利範圍 &quot;~^~' 媒之失活作用,其方式是⑻藉由引進足以自該反應產 物流體中移除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之水,至該至少 一個反應區帶及/或該至少一個分離區帶中,處理至少 一部伤衍生自该方法且亦含有在該方法期間形成之磷酸 性化合物之反應產物流體,與⑻在至少一個酸移除區 帶中,將至少一部份含有自該反應產物流體中移除之磷 酸性化合物之水,使用足以自該水中移除至少若干量磷 酸性化合物之酸移除物質處理。 12·根據申請專利範圍第4項之改良方法,其包括①在至少 一個反應區帶中,於金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒 及視情況選用之自由態有機亞瑪酸酯配位體存在下,使 一或多種反應物反應,以產生包含一或多種產物之反應 產物流體,及(ii)在至少一個分離區帶中或在該至少一 個反應區帶中,自該反應產物流體分離一或多種產物, 其改良事項包括防止及/或減少任何該有機亞鱗酸酯配 位體之水解性降解及該金屬-有機亞嶙酸酯配位錯合觸 媒之失活作用,其方式是(a)自該至少一個反應區帶或 該至少一個分離區帶,取出至少一部份衍生自該方法且 亦含有在該方法期間形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流 體,(b)在至少一個洗氣區帶中,使用足以自反應產物 流體中移除至少若千量磷酸性化合物之水,處理至少一 部份衍生自該方法且亦含有在該方法期間形成之磷酸性 化合物之經取出反應產物流體,(c)使已經處理之反應 產物流體返回該至少一個反應區帶或該至少一個分離區 -99- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· 訂' i 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 509694 A8 ?8s ___D8 六、申請專利範圍 ~ 麵 ~- 帶,(d)在至少一個洗氣區帶中,將含有自該反應產物 流體中移除之磷酸性化合物之水,使用足以自該水中移 除至少若干量磷酸性化合物之一或多種酸移除物質處理 ,及(e)視情況置換該一或多種酸移除物質。 13.根據申请專利範圍第1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9 10、11或12項之方法,其包括氫甲醯化作用、氫醯化作 用(分子内與分子間)、氫氰化作用、氫醯胺化作用、氳 酯化作用、胺解、醇解、羰基化作用、異構化作用或轉 移氫化作用之方法。 14·根據申請專利範圍第i、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、 1〇、11或12項之方法,其中該酸移除物質係選自第2、 11及12族金屬之氧化物、氫氧化物、碳酸鹽、重碳酸鹽 及羧酸鹽。 15.根據申請專利範圍第j、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、 10、11或12項之方法,其中該反應產物流體含有均相或 非均相金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒,或至少一部 份薇反應產物流體係在該方法期間接觸固定非均相金屬 -有機亞磷酸酯配位錯合觸媒。 16·根據申請專利範園第5、6、7、8、9、1〇、^或η項 之方法,其中自反應產物流體分離一或多種產物,係在 以水處理至少一部份衍生自該方法且亦含有在該方法期 間形成之磷酸性化合物之反應產物流體之前或之後發生 〇 17.根據申請專利範圍第1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、Q -----卜丨-10裝丨— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂_A8 B8 C8 D8 Patent Application Scope 1. A reaction product fluid containing one or more phosphoric compounds, metal-organic phosphite coordination catalysts, and optionally a free-state organic phosphite ligand Method of separating the one or more scale acidic compounds 'This method includes (a) treating the reaction product fluid with water sufficient to remove at least some amount of the one or more phosphoric acid compound from the reaction product fluid' and (b) The water containing the phosphorous compound removed from the reaction product fluid is treated with an acid removal substance sufficient to remove at least some amount of the one or more phosphoric compounds from the water. 2. · A stabilization method to make the organic phosphite ligand resistant to hydrolytic degradation and / or metal-organophosphite coordination mismatch catalysts to resist inactivation 'This method includes (a) the use of sufficient self-reaction Remove at least some amount of water of one or more phosphoric acid compounds from the product fluid, and treat the free-state organic subscale ligands containing metal-organic phosphite coordination catalysts and optionally the ligand and also contain The reaction product / dead body of one or more of the acidic compounds and (b) water containing the phosphoric acid compound removed from the reaction product fluid, using at least some amount of the one or more phosphoric acid from the water Compound acid removal material treatment. 3. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) A method to prevent and / or reduce the hydrolytic degradation of organic phosphite ligands and / or metal-organic phosphorous acid Method for deactivating an ester coordination catalyst, this method includes (a) treating water containing a metal-organic phosphite compound with water sufficient to remove at least some amount of one or more phosphoric compounds from a reaction product fluid Dislocation catalysts and optionally selected free-state organophosphite ligands that also contain one or more reaction product fluids of an acidic compound, and (b) containing the reaction product fluid removed from the reaction product fluid- 93 This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (21〇 &lt; 297 mm) 509694 A8 B8 C8 D8 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 6. Application scope of patents: water of acidic compounds, Treat with an acid removal substance sufficient to remove at least several amounts of the one or more squamous compounds from the water. 4. An improved method comprising reacting one or more reactants in the presence of a metal-organic phosphite coordination catalyst and optionally a free-state organic phosphinic acid g ligand Reaction product fluids containing one or more products. Improvements include preventing and / or reducing the hydrolytic degradation of organophosphite ligands, and the inactivation of metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalysts, which This is done by using one or more acid-removing substances sufficient to remove at least a number of phosphoric compounds from the reaction product fluid, treating at least a portion of the reaction derived from the process and also containing phosphoric compounds formed during the process Product fluid. 5. An improved method according to item 4 of the patent application park, which includes ① in at least one reaction zone, a metal-organic phosphite coordination dislocation catalyst and a free-state organic phosphine selected as appropriate Reacting one or more reactants in the presence of a ligand to produce a reaction product fluid comprising one or more products, and (ii) in the at least one separation zone or in the at least one reaction zone, from the reaction The product fluid separates one or more products, and improvements include preventing and / or reducing the hydrolytic degradation of any of the organic phosphite ligands and the inactivation of the metal-organic phosphite coordination catalysts. This is done by (a) treating, in at least one scrubbing zone, at least a portion of the phosphate compound from the reaction product fluid with at least a portion of the water, and treating at least a portion derived from the process and also containing formation during the process The reaction product fluid of scale acidic compounds, and (b) in-at least one acid removal zone, contains at least a part of the reaction product -94- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Grid (210X297mm) '' ~ '(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Ur Pack · 、? Τ 509694 A8 B8 C8 D8 VI. Water for phosphate compounds removed from the fluids for patent application And treated with an acid-removing substance sufficient to remove at least some amount of a phosphoric compound from the water. (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 6. The improvement method according to item 4 of the scope of patent application, which includes ④ in at least one reaction zone, the metal-organic phosphite coordination dislocation contact Reacting one or more reactants in the presence of a solvent and optionally a free-form organic phosphite ligand to produce a reaction product fluid containing one or more products, and (ii) in at least one separation zone or In the at least one reaction zone, one or more products are separated from the reaction product fluid, and improvements include preventing and / or reducing any hydrolytic degradation of the organic phosphite ligand and the metal-organic phosphite Deactivation of the coordination mismatch catalyst by (a) using at least one acid removal zone in at least one acid removal zone sufficient to remove one or more acid removal materials from the reaction product fluid Processing at least a portion of the reaction product fluid derived from the method and also containing phosphoric compounds formed during the method, (b) returning the processed reaction product fluid to the at least one The reaction zone or the at least one separation zone. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 7. The improved method according to item 4 of the patent application park, which includes ① in at least one reaction zone, a metal and organic phosphite coordination catalyst and video In the presence of a free-state organic phosphite ligand, one or more reactants are reacted to produce a reaction product fluid containing one or more products, and the rhenium is in at least one separation zone or in the at least one reaction In the zone, one or more products are separated from the reaction product fluid, and improvements include preventing and / or reducing any hydrolytic degradation of the organic phosphite ligand and the metal-organophosphite coordination mismatch -95- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 509694 A8 B8 C8 D8 VI. Inactivation of Patent Application Media Yes, in at least one scrubbing zone, treat at least one portion of the derivative with water sufficient to remove at least some amount of phosphoric acid compound from the reaction product fluid The method also contains a reaction product fluid of a phosphoric compound formed during the method, so that the processed reaction product fluid is returned to the at least one reaction zone or the at least one separation zone, (C) at least one acid shift In the removal zone, one or more acid-removing substances sufficient to remove at least several amounts of the phosphoric acid compound from the water, treating at least a portion of the water containing the phosphoric acid compound removed from the reaction product fluid, and The treated water is returned to the at least one scrubbing zone. 8. An improved method according to item 4 of the scope of patent application, which includes ① in at least one reaction zone, metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst and optionally free-form organic phosphite coordination Reacting one or more reactants in the presence of a solid to produce a reaction product fluid comprising one or more products 'and (ii) in at least one separation zone or in the at least one reaction zone' from the reaction product fluid Isolation of one or more products, the improvement of which includes preventing and / or reducing any hydrolytic degradation of the organic phosphite ligand and inactivation of the metal-organophosphite coordination catalyst, by取出 taking at least a portion of the reaction zone or the at least one separation zone, at least a portion of the reaction product fluid derived from the process and also containing phosphoric compounds formed during the process, (b) at least one acid shift In the removal zone, one or more acid-removing substances sufficient to remove at least some amount of phosphoric acid compound from the reaction product fluid are treated, and at least a portion of the process is derived from the method and also contains There are __ -96 -____ Paper sizes suitable for Laijia County (CNS) A4 specifications (21GX297 mm 1 (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed by the cooperative 509694 A8 B8 C8 D8 VI. The reaction product fluid of the phosphoric acid compound formed during the application of the patent application method, and the processed reaction product fluid is returned to the at least one reaction zone or the at least one separation zone And, (d) replace the one or more acid removing substances as appropriate. 9. The improved method according to item 4 of the scope of the patent application, which includes (i) in at least one reaction zone, in a metal-organic phosphite Reacting one or more reactants in the presence of a coordination mismatch catalyst and optionally a free-state organic phosphite ligand to produce a reaction product fluid containing one or more products, and (ii) at least one In the separation zone or in the at least one reaction zone, one or more products are separated from the reaction product fluid, and improvements include preventing and / or reducing any of the organic metagenous acids Hydrolytic degradation of the ester ligand and deactivation of the metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst are performed by (a) removing at least one of the at least one reaction zone or the at least one separation zone A portion of the reaction product fluid derived from the process and also containing phosphoric compounds formed during the process, (b) in at least one scrubbing zone, using at least a sufficient amount of phosphoric acid to be removed from the reaction product fluid Compound water, treating at least a portion of the removed reaction product fluid derived from the process and also containing phosphoric compounds formed during the process, (c) returning the treated reaction product fluid to the at least one reaction zone or The at least one separation zone, (d) taking out at least a portion of the water containing the phosphoric acid compound removed from the reaction product fluid from the at least one scrubbing zone, (e) at least one acid shift In the removal zone, use one or more acid-removing substances sufficient to remove at least some amount of transacidic compounds from the water, and treat at least ___ See 97 pages This paper applies Chinese standards (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) '(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). Equipment, tT i Printed by 509694 A8 B8 C8 D8 points of the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Patent Support A portion of the extracted water containing phosphoric acid compounds removed from the reaction product fluid, (f) returning the treated water to the at least one scrubbing zone, and (g) replacing the one or more as appropriate Acid removes substance. 10. An improved method according to item 4 of the scope of patent application, which includes (i) in at least one reaction zone, a metal-organic phosphite coordination dislocation catalyst and optionally a free organic arsonite Reacting one or more reactants in the presence of an ester ligand to produce a reaction product fluid comprising one or more products, and (ii) in at least one separation zone or in the at least one reaction zone, from the The reaction product fluid separates one or more products, and improvements include preventing and / or reducing the hydrolytic degradation of any of the organic sulfinate ligands and the loss of the metal-organic sulfinate coordination dislocation catalyst. Live action by introducing into the at least one reaction zone and / or the at least one separation zone enough to remove at least some amount of one or more acid-removing substances of phosphoric acid compounds from the reaction product fluid, treating At least a portion of the reaction product fluid is derived from the process and also contains phosphoric compounds formed during the process. 11. An improved method according to item 4 of the scope of patent application, which includes ① in at least one reaction zone, a metal-organic imidate coordination catalyst and a free-form organic phosphite compound selected as appropriate Reacting one or more reactants in the presence of a site to produce a reaction product fluid comprising one or more products, and separating from the reaction product fluid in at least one separation zone or in the at least one reaction zone One or more products, the improvement of which includes preventing and / or reducing any hydrolytic degradation of the organic phosphite ligand and the metal-organophosphite coordination mismatch contact -98-This paper is applicable to China Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21GX 297 mm) '~ side-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Binding, ordering · Printed by the Central Consumers Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Consumer Cooperatives 509694 A8 B8 C8 D8 5, Patent application scope &quot; ~ ^ ~ 'The inactivation effect of the medium is to introduce the water sufficient to remove at least some amount of phosphoric acid compound from the reaction product fluid to the at least one reaction zone. And / or in the at least one separation zone, treating at least a portion of a reaction product fluid derived from the method and also containing a phosphoric compound formed during the method, and osmium in at least one acid removal zone, At least a portion of the water containing the phosphoric acid compound removed from the reaction product fluid is treated with an acid removal substance sufficient to remove at least some amount of the phosphoric acid compound from the water. 12. An improved method according to item 4 of the scope of patent application, which includes ① in at least one reaction zone, a metal-organic phosphite coordination catalyst and a free-state organic phosphite compound selected as appropriate Reacting one or more reactants in the presence of a site to produce a reaction product fluid comprising one or more products, and (ii) in the at least one separation zone or in the at least one reaction zone, from the reaction product Fluid separation of one or more products, the improvement of which includes preventing and / or reducing any hydrolytic degradation of the organic phosphinate ligand and the inactivation of the metal-organic phosphinate coordination catalyst, This is done by (a) taking at least a portion of the reaction product fluid derived from the process and also containing phosphoric compounds formed during the process from the at least one reaction zone or the at least one separation zone, (b) In at least one scrubbing zone, use at least enough water to remove at least a thousand phosphate compounds from the reaction product fluid, treating at least a portion of the process derived from the process and also containing After taking out the reaction product fluid of the phosphoric acid compound, (c) returning the processed reaction product fluid to the at least one reaction zone or the at least one separation zone -99- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) (Please read the notes on the reverse side before filling out this page) Binding and binding 'i Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 509694 A8? 8s ___D8 6. Scope of patent application ~ surface ~-belt, (D) in at least one scrubbing zone, use water containing phosphoric acid compounds removed from the reaction product fluid, using one or more acid removal substances sufficient to remove at least some amount of phosphoric acid compounds from the water Processing, and (e) optionally replacing the one or more acid-removing substances. 13. The method according to the scope of application for patents 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12, including hydroformylation, hydrogenation (intramolecular and molecular Method), hydrocyanation, hydrofluorination, hydrazone esterification, amination, alcoholysis, carbonylation, isomerization or transfer hydrogenation. 14. The method according to item i, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the acid-removing substance is selected from items 2, 11, and 12 Group metal oxides, hydroxides, carbonates, bicarbonates and carboxylates. 15. A method according to item j, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12, in which the reaction product fluid contains a homogeneous or heterogeneous metal-organic sublayer Phosphate coordination catalysts, or at least a portion of the Wei reaction product stream system, contacts the fixed heterogeneous metal-organic phosphite coordination catalysts during the process. 16. The method according to item 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, ^, or η of the patent application park, wherein the separation of one or more products from the reaction product fluid is derived from the treatment of at least part of the water with This method also contains before or after the reaction product fluid of the phosphoric acid compound formed during the method. 17 According to the scope of application for patents 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, Q --- -卜 丨 -10 装 丨 — (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order_ 六 509694 A8 B8 C8 ___ D8 、申請專利範圍 10、11或12項之方法,其中該金屬-有機亞磷酸酯配位 錯合觸媒包含與有機亞磷酸酯配位體錯合之姥,此配位 體係選自: (i)以下式表示之單有機亞磷酸酯: R—O—P 、〇/ 其中R1表含有4至40個碳原子或更多之經取代或未經 取代之三價烴基; ⑻以下式表示之二有機亞磷酸酯: 0 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· 〇/ P-0-W 、?! 其中R2表示含有4至40個碳原子或更多之經取代或未經 取代之二價烴基,及W表示含有1至18個碳原子或更多 之經取代或未經取代之單價烴基; (iii) 以下式表示之三有機亞嶙酸酯·· /OR6 經濟部中央摞準局員工消費合作社印製 p〇R6 OR6 其中各R6爲相同或不同,且表示經取代或未經取代之單 價烴基;及 (iv) 含有兩個或多個三級(三償)鱗原子而以下式表 示之有機多亞磷酸酯:Six 509694 A8 B8 C8 ___ D8, the method of applying for patent scope 10, 11 or 12, wherein the metal-organophosphite coordination dislocation catalyst comprises a complex that is mismatched with the organic phosphite ligand, and The position system is selected from: (i) a monoorganic phosphite represented by the formula: R—O—P, 〇 / wherein R1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted trivalent hydrocarbon group containing 4 to 40 carbon atoms or more ⑻ 二 Organic phosphites represented by the following formula: 0 (please read the precautions on the reverse side before filling out this page). · 〇 / P-0-W 、?! Where R2 represents 4 to 40 carbon atoms or More substituted or unsubstituted divalent hydrocarbon groups, and W represents a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent hydrocarbon group containing 1 to 18 carbon atoms or more; (iii) a triorganoarsinic acid represented by the following formula Ester ·· / OR6 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs pOR6 OR6 where each R6 is the same or different and represents a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent hydrocarbon group; and (iv) contains two or more An organic polyphosphite having a tertiary (triple compensation) scale atom and represented by the following formula: 101 -101- 9· 1 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製 20. 錄 申請專利範圍 A8 B8 C8 D8 7/〇\ RLO R\ 〇/ a O’ X b 其中X表tf含有2至40個碳原子之經取代或未經取代之^ 知'烴橋接基團,各R7爲相同或不同,且表示含有4至4〇 個碳原子之二價烴基,各R8爲相同或不同,且表示含有 1至24個碳原子之經取代或未經取代之單價烴基,a與b 可爲相同或不同,且各具有〇至6之數値,其附帶條件 是a + b之總和爲2至6,且η等於a + b。 根據申請專利範圍第j、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、 10、11或12項之方法,其中存在於反應產物流體中之脅 酸性化合物,係藉由亦存在於該反應媒質中之有機氮化 合物清除,且其中在該嶙酸性化合物與該有機氮化合物 間反應之轉化產物之至少若干量磷酸性化合物,亦藉水 處理移除。 根據申請專利範圍第i8項之方法,其中有機氮化合物係 選自包括二氮唑類、三唑類、二畊類及三畊類。 根據申請專利範圍第19項之方法,其中有機氮化合物爲 苯幷味嗤或苯幷 三竣 〇 -102- 复適用中國國家標隼(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 裝 11 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂9 · 1 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 20. The scope of application for patents is A8 B8 C8 D8 7 / 〇 \ RLO R \ 〇 / a O 'X b A substituted or unsubstituted 'hydrocarbon bridging group' where each R7 is the same or different and represents a divalent hydrocarbon group containing 4 to 40 carbon atoms, each R8 is the same or different and represents 1 to 24 A substituted or unsubstituted monovalent hydrocarbon group of one carbon atom, a and b may be the same or different, and each has a number from 0 to 6, with the proviso that the sum of a + b is 2 to 6, and η is equal to a + b. According to the method of the scope of application for patents j, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12, the acidic compounds present in the reaction product fluid are also present in The organic nitrogen compounds in the reaction medium are removed, and at least some of the phosphoric acid compounds in the conversion products reacted between the ammonium acidic compound and the organic nitrogen compound are also removed by water treatment. The method according to item i8 of the scope of patent application, wherein the organic nitrogen compound is selected from the group consisting of diazoles, triazoles, two-tillage and three-tillage. The method according to item 19 of the scope of patent application, in which the organic nitrogen compound is benzene 幷 miso or benzene 幷 竣 -102- Reapply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) Pack 11 (Please read first (Notes on the back then fill out this page)
TW086117742A 1996-11-26 1998-03-27 Improved metal-ligand complex catalyzed processes TW509694B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US08/756,786 US5789625A (en) 1995-12-06 1996-11-26 Metal-ligand complex catalyzed processes

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW509694B true TW509694B (en) 2002-11-11

Family

ID=27663630

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW086117742A TW509694B (en) 1996-11-26 1998-03-27 Improved metal-ligand complex catalyzed processes

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW509694B (en)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CA2239618C (en) Improved metal-ligand complex catalyzed processes
RU2601416C2 (en) Reduced contamination during hydroformylation processes by adding water
JP6329136B2 (en) Hydroformylation process
EA001650B1 (en) Improved metal-legand complex catalyzed process
CN106103400B (en) Hydroformylation process
JP2015523909A5 (en)
CZ174798A3 (en) Enhanced catalysis process by making use of metal-ligand complex
JP4050791B2 (en) Improved metal-ligand complex catalytic process
JP4050790B2 (en) Improved metal-ligand complex catalytic process
CN114929660A (en) Process for the preparation of isoprene and mono-olefins comprising at least six carbon atoms
TW509694B (en) Improved metal-ligand complex catalyzed processes
CZ175098A3 (en) Enhanced catalysis process by making use of metal-ligand complex